Toshiba All in One Printer 281C User Manual

2. ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2.1 Error Code List

The following error codes is displayed at the upper right of the screen when the “CLEAR PAPER” or “CALL

SERVICE” symbol is blinking.

2.1.1

Jam

Error code

Classification

Paper exit jam

Contents

Troubleshooting

E010

Jam not reaching the exit sensor : The paper which

has passed through the fuser unit does not reach

the exit sensor.

P. 5-1

E020

Paper exit jam

Stop jam at the exit sensor: The trailing edge of the

paper does not pass the exit sensor after its leading

edge has reached this sensor.

P. 5-2

E030

E061

Other paper jam

Power-ON jam: The paper is remaining on the

paper transport path when power is turned ON.

P. 5-18

Incorrect paper size setting for upper drawer: The

size of paper in the 1st drawer differs from size set-

ting of the equipment.

E062

E063

E064

E065

E090

Incorrect paper size setting for lower drawer: The

size of paper in the 2nd drawer differs from size set-

ting of the equipment.

P. 5-18

P. 5-19

Incorrect paper size setting for PFP upper drawer:

The size of paper in the 3rd drawer differs from size

setting of the equipment.

Incorrect paper size setting for PFP lower drawer:

The size of paper in the 4th drawer differs from size

setting of the equipment.

Incorrect paper size setting for bypass tray: The

size of paper in the bypass tray differs from size

setting of the equipment.

Image data delay jam: Image data to be printed

cannot be prepared.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 1

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

E210

Paper transport jam

Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the

registration sensor): The paper does not reach the

registration sensor after it has passed the upper

drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-10

E220

E300

E310

E320

E330

E340

E350

E360

Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the

upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does not

reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has

passed the lower drawer feed sensor.

P. 5-11

P. 5-10

P. 5-11

P. 5-12

P. 5-10

P. 5-11

P. 5-12

P. 5-13

PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-

ing the registration sensor): The paper does not

reach the registration sensor after it has passed the

upper drawer feed sensor.

PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-

ing the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does

not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has

passed the lower drawer feed sensor.

PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-

ing the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does

not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has

passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.

PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-

ing the registration sensor): The paper does not

reach the registration sensor after it has passed the

upper drawer feed sensor.

PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-

ing the upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does

not reach the upper drawer feed sensor after it has

passed the lower drawer feed sensor.

PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-

ing the lower drawer feed sensor): The paper does

not reach the lower drawer feed sensor after it has

passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor.

PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reach-

ing the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper

does not reach the PFP upper drawer feed sensor

after it has passed the PFP lower drawer feed sen-

sor.

E400

E410

E420

E430

E440

E450

E480

E510

Cover open jam

Jam access cover open jam: The jam access cover

has opened during printing.

P. 5-20

P. 5-21

P. 5-22

P. 5-23

P. 5-14

Front cover open jam: The front cover has opened

during printing.

PFP side cover open jam: The PFP side cover has

opened during printing.

ADU open jam: The ADU has opened during print-

ing.

Side cover open jam: The side cover has opened

during printing.

LCF side cover open jam: The LCF side cover has

opened during printing.

Bridge unit open jam: The bridge unit has opened

during printing.

Paper transport jam

(ADU section)

Jam not reaching the ADU entrance sensor: The

paper does not reach the ADU entrance sensor

after it is switchbacked in the exit section.

E520

Stop jam in the ADU: The paper does not reach the

ADU exit sensor after it has passed the ADU

entrance sensor.

P. 5-15

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 3

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

E550

Other paper jam

Paper remaining jam on the transport path: The

paper is remaining on the transport path when print-

ing is finished (caused by a multiple paper feeding).

P. 5-19

E712

E713

RADF jam

Jam not reaching the original registration sensor:

The original fed from the original feeding tray does

not reach the original registration sensor.

P. 5-24

Cover open jam in the read ready status: Jam

caused by opening of the RADF jam access cover

or front cover while the RADF is waiting for the

scanning start signal from the equipment.

E714

E721

Feed signal reception jam: The feed signal is

received even no original exists on the original

feeding tray.

P. 5-25

Jam not reaching the read sensor: The original

does not reach the read sensor after it has passed

the registration sensor (when scanning obverse

side) or the reverse sensor (when scanning reverse

side).

E722

E724

Jam not reaching the original exit/reverse sensor

(during scanning): The original which passed the

read sensor does not reach the original exit/reverse

sensor when it is transported from the scanning

section to exit section.

P. 5-26

Stop jam at the original registration sensor: The

trailing edge of the original does not pass the origi-

nal registration sensor after its leading edge has

reached this sensor.

E725

E731

Stop jam at the read sensor: The trailing edge of the

original does not pass the read sensor after its lead-

ing edge has reached this sensor.

P. 5-27

Stop jam at the original exit/reverse sensor: The

trailing edge of the original does not pass the origi-

nal exit/reverse sensor after its leading edge has

reached this sensor.

E860

E870

E910

RADF jam access cover open: The RADF jam

access cover has opened during RADF operation.

P. 5-27

P. 5-28

P. 5-29

RADF open jam: RADF has opened during RADF

operation.

Finisher jam

(Bridge unit)

Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The

paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sen-

sor 1 after it has passed the exit sensor.

E920

E930

E940

E9F0

Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 1: The

trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge

unit transport sensor 1 after its leading edge has

reached the sensor.

P. 5-29

P. 5-46

Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The trail-

ing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit

transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has

reached the bridge unit transport sensor 1.

Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor 2: The

trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge

unit transport sensor 2 after its leading edge has

reached the bridge unit transport sensor 2.

Finisher jam

(Punch unit)

Punching jam: Punching is not performed properly.

[MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]

[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 4

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Finisher jam

(Finisher section)

Contents

Troubleshooting

EA10

Paper transport delay jam: The paper which has

passed the bridge

P. 5-30

unit does not reach the inlet sensor. [MJ-1022/

1023/1024/1101]

EA20

Paper transport stop jam:

(1) The paper does not pass through the inlet sen-

sor.

P. 5-32

[MJ-1022/1023/1024]

(2) The paper has passed through the inlet sensor

but does not reach or pass the feed path sensor

or processing tray sensor.

[MJ-1023/1024]

(3) The paper which has passed through the inlet

sensor does not reach the transport sensor.

[MJ-1101]

EA21

EA30

Paper size error jam: Paper does not reach the sen-

sor because the paper is shorter than spec. [MJ-

1101]

P. 5-33

P. 5-34

Power-ON jam:

(1) Paper exists at the inlet sensor when power is

turned ON.

[MJ-1022/1023/1024]

(2) Paper exists at the feed path sensor or pro-

cessing tray sensor when power is turned ON.

[MJ-1023/1024]

EA31

EA32

EA40

Transport path paper remaining jam: The paper

which has passed through the inlet sensor does not

reach the transport sensor. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-35

P. 5-36

Exit paper remaining jam: The paper is remaining

on the finishing tray when the power is turned ON.

[MJ-1101]

Finisher jam

(Finisher section)

Door open jam:

1) The finisher has been released from the equip-

ment during printing. [MJ-1022]

2) The upper/front cover of the finisher section or

the upper/ front door of the puncher section has

opened during printing. [MJ-1023/1024]

3) The front cover or stationary tray cover is

opened during paper transport. [MJ-1101]

EA50

EA60

Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly.

[MJ-1022/1023/1024/1101]

P. 5-38

P. 5-40

Early arrival jam: The inlet sensor detects the paper

earlier than a specified timing. [MJ-1022/1023/

1024/1101]

EA70

Stack delivery jam: It cannot deliver the stack of

paper on the intermediary process tray to the stack

tray. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-41

Stack exit belt home position error: The stack exit

belt is not at the home position. [MJ-1101]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 5

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Finisher jam

(Saddle stitcher sec-

tion)

Contents

Troubleshooting

EA80

Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly.

[MJ-1024]

P. 5-43

EA90

EAA0

Door open jam: The delivery cover or inlet cover

has opened dur-ing printing [MJ-1024].

P. 5-43

P. 5-44

Power-ON jam: Paper exists at No.1 paper sensor,

No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper sensor, vertical

path paper sensor or delivery sensor when power is

turned ON. [MJ-1024]

EAB0

Transport stop jam: The paper which passed

through the inlet sensor does not reach or pass

No.1 paper sensor, No. 2 paper sensor, No.3 paper

sensor or delivery sensor. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-44

EAC0

EAD0

Transport delay jam: The paper which has reached

the inlet sensor does not pass through the inlet sen-

sor. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-45

P. 5-47

Other paper jam

Finisher jam

Print end command time-out jam: The printing has

not finished normally because of the communica-

tion error between the SYS board and LGC board

at the end of printing.

EAE0

Receiving time time-out jam: The printing has been

interrupted because of the communication error

between the equipment and finisher when the

paper is transported from the equipment to the fin-

isher.

P. 5-47

EAF0

EB30

Finisher jam

(Finisher section)

Stack return jam: It cannot load the paper which

passed through the delivery roller on the intermedi-

ary process tray. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-42

P. 5-47

Finisher jam

Ready time time-out jam: The equipment judges

that the paper transport to the finisher is disabled

because of the communication error between the

equipment and finisher at the start of printing.

EB50

EB60

Paper transport jam

Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple

feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding

of upcoming paper.

P. 5-16

P. 5-17

Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple

feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding

of upcoming paper (redetection after no jam is

detected at [EB50]).

ED10

ED11

Finisher jam

Sideways adjustment motor (M2) home position

detection error: The Sideways adjustment motor is

not at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101

is installed)]

P. 5-48

Skew adjustment motor (M1) home position detec-

tion abnormality: The Skew adjustment motor is not

at the home position. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is

installed)]

ED12

ED13

Shutter home position error: The shutter is not at

the home position. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-49

Front alignment plate home position error: The front

alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ-

1101]

ED14

Rear alignment plate home position error: The rear

alignment plate is not at the home position. [MJ-

1101]

P. 5-50

ED15

ED16

Paddle home position error: The paddle is not at the

home position. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-50

P. 5-51

Buffer tray home position error: The buffer tray is

not at the home position. [MJ-1101]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 6

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.1.2

Service call

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

C010

Drive system related

service call

Main motor abnormality: The main motor is not

rotating normally.

P. 5-52

C020

C030

C040

Developer motor abnormality: The developer motor

is not rotating normally.

P. 5-52

P. 5-53

Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is

not rotating normally.

Paper feeding system PFP motor abnormality: The PFP motor is not rotat-

related service call

ing normally. (the case that paper can be fed from

any drawer except the PFP)

C130

Upper drawer tray abnormality: The upper drawer

tray-up motor is not rotating or the upper drawer

tray is not moving normally. (the case that paper

can be fed from any drawer except the upper

drawer)

P. 5-54

C140

C150

Lower drawer tray abnormality: The lower drawer

tray-up motor is not rotating or the lower drawer tray

is not moving normally. (the case that paper can be

fed from any drawer except the lower drawer)

P. 5-54

P. 5-55

PFP upper drawer tray abnormality: The PFP upper

drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP

upper drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case

that paper can be fed from any drawer except the

PFP upper drawer)

C160

PFP lower drawer tray abnormality: The PFP lower

drawer tray-up motor is not rotating or the PFP

lower drawer tray is not moving normally. (the case

that paper can be fed from any drawer except the

PFP lower drawer)

P. 5-55

C180

C1A0

LCF tray-up motor abnormality: The LCF tray-up

motor is not rotating or the LCF tray is not moving

normally. (the case that paper can be fed from any

drawer except the LCF)

P. 5-56

P. 5-57

LCF end fence motor abnormality: The LCF end

fence motor is not rotating or the LCF end fence is

not moving normally. (the case that paper can be

fed from any drawer except the LCF)

C1B0

C260

C270

C280

LCF transport motor abnormality: The LCF trans-

port motor is not rotating normally. (the case that

paper can be fed from any drawer except the LCF)

P. 5-58

P. 5-59

Scanning system

related service call

Peak detection error: Lighting of the exposure lamp

(white reference) is not detected when power is

turned ON.

Carriage home position sensor not turning OFF

within a specified period of time: The carriage does

not shift from its home position in a specified time.

Carriage home position sensor not turning ON

within a specified period of time: The carriage does

not reach to its home position in a specified period

of time.

C360

Copy process related

service call

Charger cleaner motor abnormality: Charger

cleaner motor is not rotating or wire cleaner is not

moving normally.

P. 5-89

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 7

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

C411

Fuser unit related ser- Thermistor or heater abnormality at power-ON:

P. 5-60

vice call

Abnormality of the thermistor is detected when

power is turned ON or the temperature of the fuser

roller does not rise in a specified period of time after

power is turned ON.

C412

Thermistor/heater abnormality at power-ON: Ther-

mistor abnormality is detected at power-ON or the

fuser roller temperature does not rise within a spec-

ified period of time after power-ON.

P. 5-60

C443

C445

C446

C447

C449

C471

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment (not

reaching to intermediate temperature)

P. 5-61

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment

(pre-running end temperature abnormality)

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment

(pre-running end temperature abnormality)

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment

(temperature abnormality at ready status)

Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment

(overheating)

IH power voltage abnormality or IH initial abnormal-

ity

(IH board initial abnormality)

C472

C475

C480

C490

IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnor-

mality)

P. 5-61

P. 5-62

IH power voltage abnormality (power supply abnor-

mality when door is opened)

Overheating of IGBT: The temperature of the IGBT

rises abnormally.

IH control circuit or IH coil abnormality: Abnormality

is detected in IH control circuit or IH coil is broken/

shorted.

C4B0

C550

Fuser unit counter abnormality

P. 5-62

P. 5-63

Optional communica-

RADF I/F error: Communication error has occurred

tion related service call between the RADF and the scanner.

C570

C580

C900

Communication error between Engine-CPU and

IPC board

P. 5-63

P. 5-64

Communication error between IPC board and fin-

isher

Circuit related service Connection error between SYS board and LGC

call

board

C940

C950

C960

Engine-CPU abnormality

LGC board memory abnormality

P. 5-64

Connection error between LGC board and DRV

board, ID abnormality

C970

C9E0

CA10

CA20

Process related ser-

vice call

High-voltage transformer abnormality: Leakage of

the main charger is detected.

P. 5-89

P. 5-65

P. 5-66

Circuit related service Connection error between SLG board and SYS

call

board, ID abnormality

Laser optical unit

related service call

Polygonal motor abnormality: The polygonal motor

is not rotating normally.

H-Sync detection error: H-Sync signal detection PC

board cannot detect laser beams.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 8

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

CB10

Finisher related

service call

Entrance motor abnormality: The entrance motor is

not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-67

CB11

CB12

Buffer tray guide motor abnormality: The buffer tray

guide motor is not rotating or the buffer tray guide is

not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-67

Buffer roller drive motor abnormality: The buffer

roller drive motor is not rotating or the buffer roller is

not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

CB20

CB30

Delivery motor abnormality: Delivery motor or deliv-

ery roller is not rotating normally. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-68

Tray 1/Tray 2 shift motor abnormality: Tray 1/Tray 2

shift motor is not rotating or delivery tray is not mov-

ing normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

Movable tray shift motor abnormality: The movable

tray shift motor is not rotating or the movable tray is

not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-68

P. 5-69

P. 5-70

CB31

CB40

Movable tray paper-full detection error: The actua-

tor of the movable tray paper-full detection sensor

does not move smoothly. [MJ-1101]

Rear aligning plate motor abnormality: Rear align-

ing plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not

moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

Front alignment motor abnormality: The front align-

ment motor is not rotating or the front alignment

plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

CB50

Staple motor abnormality: Staple motor is not rotat-

ing or stapler is not moving normally. [MJ-1022/

1023/1024]

Stapler home position error: The stapler home posi-

tion sensor does not work. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-70

P. 5-71

CB51

CB60

Stapler shift home position error: The stapler is not

at the home position. [MJ-1101]

Stapler shift motor abnormality: Stapler shift motor

is not rotating or staple unit is not moving normally.

[MJ-1023/1024/1101]

CB80

Backup RAM data abnormality:

P. 5-71

1) Abnormality of checksum value on finisher con-

troller PC board is detected when the power is

turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024]

2) Abnormality of checksum value on punch con-

troller PC board is detected when the power is

turned ON. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is

installed)]

RAM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum value

on finisher controller PC board is detected when the

power is turned on. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-71

P. 5-72

CB81

CB90

CBA0

CBB0

Flash ROM abnormality: Abnormality of checksum

value on finisher controller PC board is detected

when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101]

Paper pushing plate motor abnormality: Paper

pushing plate motor is not rotating or paper pushing

plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]

Stitch motor (front) abnormality: Stitch motor (front)

is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.

[MJ-1024]

Stitch motor (rear) abnormality: Stitch motor (rear)

is not rotating or rotary cam is not moving normally.

[MJ-1024]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 9

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

CBC0

Finisher related

service call

Alignment motor abnormality: Alignment motor is

not rotating or aligning plate is not moving normally.

[MJ-1024]

P. 5-72

CBD0

CBE0

Guide motor abnormality: Guide motor is not rotat-

ing or guide is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-73

Paper folding motor abnormality: Paper folding

motor or paper folding roller is not rotating normally.

[MJ-1024]

CBF0

CC00

Paper positioning plate motor abnormality: Paper

positioning plate motor is not rotating or paper posi-

tioning plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-73

P. 5-74

Sensor connector abnormality: Connector of guide

home position sensor, paper pushing plate home

position sensor or paper pushing plate top position

sensor is disconnected. [MJ-1024]

CC10

CC20

Micro switch abnormality: With all covers closed,

inlet door switch, delivery door switch or front cover

switch is open. [MJ-1024]

P. 5-74

Communication error between finisher and saddle

stitcher: Communication error between finisher con-

troller PC board and saddle stitcher controller board

[MJ-1023/1024]

CC30

Stack processing motor abnormality: The stack pro-

cessing motor is not rotating or the stack delivery

belt is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]

P. 5-75

P. 5-76

P. 5-77

Stack transport motor abnormality: The stack trans-

port motor is not rotating or the stack transport belt

is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

CC31

CC40

CC41

CC50

Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor is

not rotating or the stack transport roller -1 and -2 is

not rotating normally. [MJ-1101]

Swing motor abnormality: Swing motor is not rotat-

ing or swing unit is not moving normally. [MJ-1023/

1024]

Paper holder cam home position abnormality: The

paper holder cam is not at the home position. [MJ-

1101]

Horizontal registration motor abnormality: Horizon-

tal registration motor is not rotating or puncher is

not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/1024 (when MJ-

6004 is installed)]

CC51

CC52

Sideways adjustment motor (M2) abnormality:

Sideways adjustment motor is not rotating or

puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when

MJ-6101 is installed)

P. 5-77

P. 5-78

Skew adjustment motor (M1) abnormality: Skew

adjustment motor is not rotating or puncher is not

shifting normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is

installed)]

CC60

CC61

Punch motor abnormality: Punch motor is not rotat-

ing or puncher is not shifting normally. [MJ-1023/

1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]

P. 5-78

P. 5-79

Punch motor (M3) home position detection error:

Punch motor is not rotating or puncher is not shift-

ing normally. [MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 10

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

CC71

Finisher related

service call

Punch ROM checksum error: Abnormality of check-

sum value on Hole punch controller PC board is

detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101

(when MJ-6101 is installed)]

P. 5-79

CC72

CC80

Punch RAM read/write error: Abnormality of check-

sum value on Hole punch controller PC board is

detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1101

(when MJ-6101 is installed)]

P. 5-79

P. 5-80

Front alignment motor abnormality: Front alignment

motor is not rotating or front aligning plate is not

moving normally. [MJ-1022]

Front aligning plate motor abnormality: Front align-

ing plate motor is not rotating or aligning plate is not

moving normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

Rear alignment motor abnormality: The rear align-

ment motor is not rotating or the rear alignment

plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1101]

P. 5-80

P. 5-81

P. 5-82

P. 5-83

CC90

CCA0

CCB0

CCD0

CCE0

Upper stack tray lift motor abnormality: The upper

stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the upper stack

tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]

Lower stack tray lift motor abnormality: The lower

stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the lower stack

tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]

Rear jogging motor abnormality: The rear jogging

motor is not rotating or the rear jogging plate is not

moving normally. [MJ-1022]

Stack ejection motor abnormality: Stack ejection

motor or stack ejection roller is not rotating nor-

mally. [MJ-1023/1024]

Paper trailing edge assist motor abnormality: Paper

trailing edge assist motor is not rotating or paper

trailing edge assist is not moving normally. [MJ-

1023/1024]

CCF0

CDE0

Gear changing motor abnormality: Gear changing

motor is not rotating normally. [MJ-1023/1024]

P. 5-83

P. 5-84

Paddle motor abnormality: The paddle motor is not

rotating or the paddle is not rotating normally. [MJ-

1101]

CE00

Communication error between finisher and punch

unit: Communication error between finisher control-

ler PC board and punch controller PC board [MJ-

1023/1024 (when MJ-6004 is installed)]

P. 5-84

[MJ-1101 (when MJ-6101 is installed)]

CE10

CE20

Image control related

service call

Image quality sensor abnormality (OFF level): The

output value of this sensor is out of a specified

range when sensor light source is OFF.

P. 5-85

P. 5-86

Image quality sensor abnormality (no pattern level):

The output value of this sensor is out of a specified

range when the image quality control test pattern is

not formed.

CE40

CE50

CE90

Image quality control test pattern abnormality: The

test pattern is not formed normally.

P. 5-87

P. 5-88

Temperature/humidity sensor abnormality: The out-

put value of this sensor is out of a specified range.

Drum thermistor abnormality: The output value of

the drum thermistor is out of a specified range.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 11

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

CEA0

Copy process related

service call

Revolver home position detection abnormality: It

cannot detect that the revolver is at its home posi-

tion.

P. 5-89

CEB0

CEC0

CEE0

CEE1

Black developer unit lifting movement abnormality:

The black developer unit does not move up or down

normally (lifting cam does not operate normally).

P. 5-90

P. 5-91

P. 5-92

Copy process related

service call

2nd transfer roller position detection abnormality:

The 2nd transfer roller does not contact/release

normally.

Transfer belt position detection abnormality (normal

speed): The home position of the transfer belt can-

not be detected.

Transfer belt position detection abnormality (when

decelerating): Reference position of the transfer

belt cannot be detected.

CEF0

CF20

Revolver motor abnormality: Revolver motor is not

rotating or revolver is not moving normally.

P. 5-92

P. 5-93

Toner density control

related service call

Toner density detection voltage abnormality: The

output value of the color auto-toner sensor in print-

ing is out of a specified range.

CF30

CF40

Reference plate detection voltage abnormality: The

output value of the color auto-toner sensor against

the reference plate is out of a specified range at the

light amount correction during an auto-toner adjust-

ment or when a print job has finished.

P. 5-94

P. 5-95

Light amount correction voltage abnormality: The

light amount correction is not finished normally dur-

ing an auto-toner adjustment or when a print job

has finished, or the output value of the sensor is out

of a specified range when the light amount correc-

tion has finished.

CF50

F070

Color auto-toner sensor abnormality: The connec-

tion of the color auto-toner sensor cannot be

detected at the initialization, or the output value of

color auto-toner sensor when the revolver starts

rotating for initialization is out of a specified range.

P. 5-96

P. 5-63

Communication

related service call

Communication error between System-CPU and

Engine-CPU

F090

F091

F092

F100

Circuit related service SRAM abnormality on the SYS board

P. 5-65

P. 5-97

call

NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board

SRAM and NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board

Other service call

HDD format error: HDD cannot be initialized nor-

mally.

F101

HDD unmounted: Connection of HDD cannot be

detected.

P. 5-97

F102

F103

HDD start error: HDD cannot become ‘Ready’ state.

P. 5-97

HDD transfer time-out: Reading/writing cannot be

performed in the specified period of time.

F104

HDD data error: Abnormality is detected in the data

of HDD.

P. 5-97

F105

F106

F107

F108

HDD other error

P. 5-97

Point and Print partition damage

/BOX partition damage

/SHA partition damage

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 12

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Error code

Classification

Contents

Troubleshooting

F110

Communication

related service call

Communication error between System-CPU and

Scanner-CPU

P. 5-63

F111

F120

Scanner response abnormality

P. 5-63

P. 5-97

Other service call

Database abnormality: Database is not operating

normally.

F130

F200

F350

Invalid MAC address

P. 5-97

P. 5-98

P. 5-65

Data overwrite kit (GP-1060) is taken off

Circuit related service SLG board abnormality

call

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 13

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.1.3

Error in Internet FAX / Scanning Function

1) Internet FAX related error

Error code

Classification

Troubleshooting

P. 5-98

P. 5-99

P. 5-98

P. 5-99

P. 5-100

P. 5-99

P. 5-100

1C10

1C11

1C12

1C13

1C14

1C15

1C20

1C21

1C22

1C30

1C31

1C32

1C33

1C40

1C60

1C61

1C62

1C63

1C64

1C65

1C66

1C67

1C68

1C69

1C6A

1C6B

1C6C

1C6D

1C70

1C71

1C72

1C80

1C81

1C82

1CC0

1CC1

System access abnormality

Insufficient memory

Message reception error

Message transmission error

Invalid parameter

Exceeding file capacity

System management module access abnormality

Job control module access abnormality

Directory creation failure

File creation failure

File deletion failure

File access failure

Image conversion abnormality

HDD full failure during processing

Address Book reading failure

Memory acquiring failure

Terminal IP address unset

Terminal mail address unset

SMTP address unset

Server time time-out error

NIC time time-out error

NIC access error

SMTP server connection error

HOST NAME error

Terminal mail address error

Destination mail address error

System error

SMTP client OFF

SMTP authentication error

POP before SMTP error

Internet FAX transmission failure when processing E-mail job received

Onramp Gateway transmission failure

Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received

Job canceling

Power failure

P. 5-100

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 14

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2) RFC related error

Message displayed in

the TopAccess screen

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

2500

Syntax error, command unrecog-

nized

HOST NAME error(RFC: 500)

Destination mail address error

(RFC: 500)

P. 5-101

Terminal mail address error

(RFC: 500)

2501

Syntax error in parameters or argu-

ments

HOST NAME error(RFC: 501)

Destination mail address error

(RFC: 501)

P. 5-101

Terminal mail address error

(RFC: 501)

2503

2504

2550

2551

2552

Bad sequence of commands

Destination mail address error

(RFC: 503)

P. 5-101

Command parameter not imple-

mented

HOST NAME error

(RFC: 504)

Mailbox unavailable

Destination mail address error

(RFC: 550)

User not local

Destination mail address error

(RFC: 551)

Insufficient system storage

Terminal/Destination mail address

error

(RFC: 552)

2553

Mailbox name not allowed

Destination mail address error

(RFC: 553)

P. 5-101

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 15

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

3) Electronic Filing related error

Message displayed in

the TopAccess screen

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

2B10

There was no applicable job.

No applicable job error in job control

module

P. 5-102

2B11

2B20

2B30

Job status failed.

JOB status abnormality

File library function error

P. 5-102

Failed to access file.

Insufficient disk space.

Insufficient disk space in /BOX parti-

tion

2B31

2B32

Failed to access Electronic Filing.

Status of specified Electronic Filing

or folder is undefined or being cre-

ated/deleted

P. 5-102

Failed to print Electronic Filing docu- Electronic Filing printing failure:

ment.

Specified document can not be

printed because of client’s access

(being edited, etc.).

2B50

2B51

2B71

Failed to process image.

Image library error

List library error

P. 5-102

Failed to process print image.

Document(s) expire(s) in a few days Documents expiring in a few days

exist

2B80

Hard Disk space for Electronic Filing Hard disk space in /BOX partition is

nearly full.

nearly full (90%).

2B90

2BA0

2BB0

2BB1

2BC0

2BC1

Insufficient Memory.

Invalid Box password specified.

Job canceled

Insufficient memory capacity

Invalid Box password

Job canceling

P. 5-102

Power failure occurred

System fatal error.

Power failure

P. 5-102

Fatal failure occurred

Failed to acquire resource.

System management module

resource acquiring failure

2BD0

Power failure occurred during e-Fil-

ing restoring.

Power failure occurred during restor-

ing of Electronic Filing

P. 5-102

2BE0

2BF0

Failed to get machine parameter.

Machine parameter reading failure

P. 5-103

Maximum number of page range is

reached.

Exceeding maximum number of

pages

2BF1

2BF2

Maximum number of document

range is reached.

Exceeding maximum number of doc-

uments

P. 5-103

Maximum number of folder range is

reached.

Exceeding maximum number of fold-

ers

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 16

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

4) E-mail related error

Message displayed in

the TopAccess screen

Illegal Job status

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

2C10

2C11

2C12

2C13

2C14

2C15

System access abnormality

Insufficient memory

P. 5-104

Not enough memory

Illegal Job status

Message reception error

Message transmission error

Invalid parameter

Illegal Job status

Invalid parameter specified

Message size exceeded limit or max- Exceeding file capacity

imum size

2C20

2C21

2C22

Illegal Job status

System management module access

abnormality

P. 5-104

Job control module access abnor-

mality

Job control module access abnor-

mality

2C30

2C31

2C32

2C33

2C40

2C60

Failed to create directory

Failed to create file

Directory creation failure

File creation failure

P. 5-104

Failed to delete file

File deletion failure

Failed to create file

File access failure

Failed to convert image file format

Image conversion abnormality

HDD full failure during processing

Failed to process your Job. Insuffi-

cient disk space.

2C61

2C62

2C63

2C64

2C65

2C66

2C67

2C68

2C69

2C6A

2C6B

Failed to read AddressBook

Not enough memory

Address Book reading failure

Memory acquiring failure

Terminal IP address unset

Terminal mail address unset

SMTP address unset

P. 5-104

P. 5-105

Invalid Domain Address

Failed to connect to SMTP server

Failed to send E-Mail message

Failed to connect to SMTP server

Failed to send E-Mail message

Server time time-out error

NIC time time-out error

NIC access error

SMTP server connection error

HOST NAME error (No RFC error)

Terminal mail address error

Invalid address specified in From:

field

2C6C

Invalid address specified in To: field

Destination mail address error (No

RFC error)

P. 5-105

2C6D

2C70

2C71

2C72

NIC system error

System error

P. 5-105

SMTP service is not available

Failed SMTP Authentication

SMTP client OFF

SMTP authentication error

POP before SMTP error

POP Before SMTP Authentication

Failed

2C80

Failed to process received E-mail job E-mail transmission failure when pro-

cessing E-mail job received

P. 5-105

2C81

2CC0

2CC1

Failed to process received Fax job

Job canceled

Process failure of FAX job received

Job canceling

P. 5-105

Power failure occurred

Power failure

P. 5-106

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 17

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

5) File sharing related error

Message displayed in

the TopAccess screen

Illegal Job status

Not enough memory

Illegal Job status

Invalid parameter specified

There are too many documents in the Exceeding document number

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

2D10

2D11

2D12

2D13

2D14

2D15

System access abnormality

Insufficient memory

Message reception error

Message transmission error

Invalid parameter

P. 5-107

folder. Failed in creating new docu-

ment.

2D20

2D21

2D22

Illegal Job status

System management module access

abnormality

Job control module access abnor-

mality

Job control module access abnor-

mality

P. 5-107

2D30

2D31

2D32

2D33

2D40

2D60

2D62

Failed to create directory

Failed to create file

Failed to delete file

Failed to create file

Failed to convert image file format

Failed to copy file

Directory creation failure

File creation failure

File deletion failure

File access failure

Image conversion abnormality

File library access abnormality

P. 5-107

Failed to connect to network destina- File server connection error

tion. Check destination path

2D63

2D64

2D65

Specified network path is invalid.

Check destination path

Logon to file server failed. Check

username and password

There are too many documents in the Exceeding documents in folder:

folder. Failed in creating new docu-

Invalid network path

P. 5-107

P. 5-108

Creating new document is failed.

ment.

2D66

Failed to process your Job. Insuffi-

cient disk space.

HDD full failure during processing

P. 5-108

2D67

2D68

2DA0

FTP service is not available

File Sharing service is not available

Expired scan documents deleted

from share folder.

FTP service not available

File sharing service not available

Periodical deletion of scanned docu-

ments completed properly.

P. 5-108

2DA1

2DA2

2DA3

2DA4

2DA5

Expired Sent Fax documents deleted Periodical deletion of transmitted

from shared folder.

FAX documents completed properly.

Expired Received Fax documents

deleted from shared folder.

Periodical deletion of received FAX

documents completed properly.

Scanned documents in shared folder Manual deletion of scanned docu-

deleted upon user’s request. ments completed properly.

Sent Fax Documents in shared folder Manual deletion of transmitted FAX

deleted upon user’s request.

documents completed properly.

Received Fax Documents in shared

folder deleted upon user’s request.

Manual deletion of received FAX

documents completed properly.

2DA6

2DA7

2DC0

2DC1

Failed to delete file.

Failed to acquire resource.

Job canceled

File deletion failure

Resource acquiring failure

Job canceling

P. 5-107

Power failure occurred

Power failure

P. 5-108

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 18

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

6) E-mail reception related error

Message displayed in

the TopAccess screen

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

3A10

MIME Error has been detected in the E-mail MIME error

received mail.

P. 5-109

3A11

3A12

MIME Error has been detected in the

received mail. This mail has been

transferred to the administrator.

MIME Error has been detected in the

received mail. This mail could not be

transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3A20

3A21

Analyze Error has been detected in

the received mail.

Analyze Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail has been

transferred to the administrator.

E-mail analysis error

P. 5-109

3A22

Analyze Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail could not

be transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3A30

3A40

3A50

3A51

Whole partial mails were not reached Partial mail time-out error

by timeout.

Partial Mail Error has been detected Partial mail related error

in the received mail.

HDD Full Error has been occurred in Insufficient HDD capacity error

this mail.

HDD Full Error has been occurred in

this mail. This mail has been trans-

ferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3A52

HDD Full Error has been occurred in

this mail. This mail could not be

transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3A60

3A61

HDD Full Warning has been occurred Warning of insufficient HDD capacity

in this mail.

HDD Full Warning has been occurred

in this mail. This mail could not be

transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3A62

3A70

HDD Full Warning has been occurred

in this mail. This mail could not be

transferred to the administrator.

Receiving partial mail was aborted

since the partial mail setting has

been changed to Disable.

Partial mail was received during the

partial mail setting is disabled.

Partial mail was received during the

partial mail setting is disabled. This

mail has been transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-109

Warning of partial mail interruption

Partial mail reception setting OFF

3A80

3A81

P. 5-109

3A82

Partial mail was received during the

partial mail setting is disabled. This

mail could not be transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-109

3B10

3B11

Format Error has been detected in

the received mail.

Format Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail has been

transferred to the administrator.

E-mail format error

P. 5-109

3B12

Format Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail could not

be transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 19

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Message displayed in

the TopAccess screen

Content-Type Error has been

detected in the received mail.

Error code

Contents

Content-Type error

Troubleshooting

3B20

P. 5-109

3B21

3B22

Content-Type Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail has been transferred to the

administrator.

Content-Type Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail could not be transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-109

3B30

3B31

Charset Error has been detected in

the received mail.

Charset Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail has been

transferred to the administrator.

Charset error

P. 5-109

3B32

Charset Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail could not

be transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3B40

3B41

Decode Error has been detected in

the received mail.

Decode Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail has been

transferred to the administrator.

E-mail decode error

P. 5-109

3B42

Decode Error has been detected in

the received mail. This mail could not

be transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3C10

3C11

Tiff Analyze Error has been detected TIFF analysis error

in the received mail.

Tiff Analyze Error has been detected

in the received mail. This mail has

been transferred to the administrator.

P. 5-109

3C12

Tiff Analyze Error has been detected

in the received mail. This mail could

not be transferred to the administra-

tor.

P. 5-109

3C13

3C20

3C21

Tiff Analyze Error has been detected

in the received mail.

Tiff Compression Error has been

detected in the received mail.

Tiff Compression Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail has been transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-109

E-mail format error

3C22

Tiff Compression Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail could not be transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-109

3C30

3C31

Tiff Resolution Error has been

detected in the received mail.

Tiff Resolution Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail has been transferred to the

administrator.

Content-Type error

P. 5-110

3C32

Tiff Resolution Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail could not be transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-110

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 20

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Message displayed in

the TopAccess screen

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

3C40

Tiff Paper Size Error has been

detected in the received mail.

Charset error

P. 5-110

3C41

3C42

Tiff Paper Size Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail has been transferred to the

administrator.

Tiff Paper Size Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail could not be transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-110

3C50

3C51

Offramp Destination Error has been

detected in the received mail.

Offramp Destination Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail has been transferred to the

administrator.

E-mail decode error

P. 5-110

3C52

Offramp Destination Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail could not be transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-110

3C60

3C61

Offramp Security Error has been

detected in the received mail.

Offramp Security Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail has been transferred to the

administrator.

TIFF analysis error

P. 5-110

3C62

Offramp Security Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail could not be transferred to the

administrator.

P. 5-110

3C70

3D10

Power Failure has been occurred in

Email receiving.

SMTP Destination Error has been

detected in the received mail. This

mail was deleted.

Power failure error

P. 5-110

Destination address error

3D20

Offramp Destination limitation Error

has been detected in the received

mail.

Offramp destination limitation error

P. 5-110

3D30

3E10

3E20

3E30

3E40

Fax Board Error has been occurred

in the received mail.

POP3 Connection Error has been

occurred in the received mail.

POP3 Connection Timeout Error has POP3 server connection time-out

been occurred in the received mail. error

POP3 Login Error has been occurred POP3 login error

in the received mail.

FAX board error

P. 5-110

POP3 server connection error

POP3 Login Error occurred in the

received mail.

POP3 login method error

3F00

3F10

3F20

3F30

3F40

File I/O Error has been occurred in

this mail. The mail could not be

received until File I/O is recovered.

File I/O error

P. 5-110

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 21

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.1.4

Printer function error

Following codes are displayed at the end of the user name on the print job log screen.

Error code

Contents

Troubleshooting

402F

Page memory size error - 1200 dpi network print is performed by the equip-

ment with 128 MB (standard) memory.

P. 5-111

4031

4032

4033

HDD full during print - Large quantity image data by private print or invalid

network print are saved in HDD.

Private-print-only error: Jobs other than Private print jobs cannot be per-

formed.

Printing data storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the

HDD temporarily (Proof print, Private print, Scheduled print, etc.) cannot be

performed.

P. 5-111

4034

4035

4036

A221

A222

A290

e-Filing storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the HDD

(print and e-Filing, print to e-Filing, etc.) cannot be performed.

Local file storing limitation error: Network FAX or Internet FAX cannot be sent

when "Local" is selected for the destination of the file to save.

User authentication error: The user who intended to print a document is not

registered as a user.

Print job cancellation - Print job (copy, list print, network print) is deleted from

the print job screen.

Print job power failure - The power of the equipment is turned OFF during

print job (copy, list print, network print).

Limit over error (Black): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those

specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same

time.

P. 5-111

A291

A292

A2A0

Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one

specified with the user code.

Limit over error (Black): The number of output pages has exceeded the one

specified with the department code.

Limit over error (Color): The numbers of output pages have exceeded those

specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same

time.

P. 5-111

A2A1

A2A2

Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one

specified with the user code.

Limit over error (Color): The number of output pages has exceeded the one

specified with the department code.

P. 5-111

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 22

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

<<Error history>>

In the setting mode (08-253), the latest twenty groups of error data will be displayed.

Display example

EA10

99999999

05 06 14 17 57 32

064

23621000000

ABCDEFHIJLO

11 digits

Error code

4 digits

Total counter YY MM DD HH MM SS

MMM

NNN

3 digits

8 digits

12 digits (Year is indicated 3 digits

with its last two digits.)

Paper source

0: Not selected 1: Bypass feed 2: LCF 3: Upper drawer 4: Lower drawer 5: PFP upper drawer

6: PFP lower drawer 7: Unused 8: Unused

Paper size code

0: A5/ST 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT, 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5,

A: FOLIO/COMP B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13"LG G: Unsed H: A6-R I: Post card J: 8.5"SQ

K: A3-wide L: 305×457 mm M: 8K N: 16K-R O: 16K Z: Not selected

Sort mode/staple mode

0: Non-sort/Non-staple 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Front staple

8: Double staple 9: Rear staple A: Saddle stitch

ADF mode

0: Unused 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED

APS/AMS mode

0: Not selected 1: APS 2: AMS

Duplex mode

0: Not selected 1: Book 2: Double-sided/Single-sided 4: Double-sided/Duplex copying

8: Single-sided/Duplex copying

Unused

Image shift

0: Unused 1: Book 2: Left 4: Right

Editing

0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Unused

Edge erase/Dual-page

0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page

Unused

Function

0: Unused 1: Copying 2: FAX/Internet FAX transmission 3: FAX/Internet FAX/E-mail reception printing

4: Unused 5: Printing/List print 6: Scan/E-mail transmission

MMM

NNN

Primary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)

(Mx256)+(Mx16)+M

Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal)

(Nx256)+(Nx16)+N

Color mode

0: Auto color 1: Full color 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Twin color copy 5: Gray scale

6: Unused 7: Image smoothing

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 23

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.2 Self-diagnosis Modes

Mode

For start

[0]+[1]+

[POWER]

Contents

For exit

Display

Control panel

check mode

All LEDs on the control panel are lit, and all

the LCD pixels blink.

[POWER]

OFF/ON

Test mode

[0]+[3]+

[POWER]

Checks the status of input/output signals.

Outputs the test patterns.

Adjusts various items.

[POWER]

OFF/ON

100% C A4

TEST MODE

Test print mode [0]+[4]+

[POWER]

OFF/ON

100% P A4

TEST PRINT

Adjustment

mode

[0]+[5]+

[POWER]

OFF/ON

100% A A4

TEST MODE

Setting mode

[0]+[8]+

[POWER]

Sets various items.

[POWER]

OFF/ON

100% D

TEST MODE

List print mode [9]+[START]+ Prints out the data lists of the codes 05 and

[POWER] 08, PM support mode and pixel counter.

[POWER]

OFF/ON

100% UA A4

LIST PRINT

PM support

mode

[6]+[START]+ Clears each counter.

[POWER]

OFF/ON

100% K

TEST MODE

Firmware

update mode

[8]+[9]+

[POWER]

Performs updating of the system firmware.

[POWER]

OFF/ON

Notes:

1. To enter the desired mode, turn ON the power while two digital keys designated to each mode

(e.g. [0] and [5]) are pressed simultaneously.

2. When the optional FAX unit is installed, Faxes received automatically during the self-diagno-

sis mode may not be printed out. Be sure to disconnect the modular code from the line con-

nectors (LINE1, LINE2) of the equipment before starting the self-diagnosis mode. Also, be

sure to finish the self-diagnosis mode by turning the power OFF and back ON before connect-

ing the modular code.

To exit from Adjustment mode and Setting mode:

Shut down the equipment. When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equip-

ment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.

•

Control panel check mode (01):

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅïÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÔÛÜ ´·¬ñ

ÔÝÜ ¾´·²µ·²¹

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÞ«¬¬±² ½¸»½µ÷

Notes:

1. A mode can be canceled by [POWER] OFF/ON when the LED is lit and the LCD is blinking.

2. Button Check

Buttons with LED

(Press to turn OFF the LED.)

Buttons without LED

Button on touch panel

(Press to display the message on the control panel.)

(Press to display the screen on the control panel at power-ON.)

•

Test mode (03): Refer to “2.2.1. Input check (test mode 03)” and “2.2.2. Output check (test mode

03)”.

Test print mode (04): Refer to “2.2.3. Test print mode (04)”.

Adjustment mode (05): Refer to “2.2.4. Adjustment mode (05)”.

Setting mode (08): Refer to “2.2.5. Setting mode (08)”.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 24

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

•

List print mode (9S): The procedure varies depending on the code.

ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ïðïæ ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬ ³±¼» øðë÷

ïðîæ Í»¬¬·²¹ ³±¼» øðè÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§•Ã

Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» º·®•¬

½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§•Ã

Õ»§ ·² ¬¸» ´¿•¬

½±¼» ¬± ¾» °®·²¬»¼

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ô·•¬ •¬¿®¬• ¬±

¾» °®·²¬»¼

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

øÝ±¼»÷

ïðíæ ÐÓ •«°°±®¬ ³±¼»

ïðìæ Í¬±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø¬±²»® ½¿®¬®·¼¹» ®»º»®»²½»÷

ïðëæ Í¬±®»¼ ·²º±®³¿¬·±² ±º °·¨»´ ½±«²¬»® ø•»®ª·½» ¬»½¸²·½·¿² ®»º»®»²½»÷

ïðêæ Û®®±® ¸·•¬±®§ øÓ¿¨·³«³ ïððð ·¬»³•÷

ïðéæ Û®®±® ¸·•¬±®§ øÔ¿¬»•¬ èð ·¬»³•÷

•

PM support mode (6S):

ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

îæ ÐÓ Í«°°±®¬ Í½®»»²

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÑ°»®¿¬·±² •¬¿®¬»¼÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

Firmware update mode (89): Refer to “6. FIRMWARE UPDATING”.

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÒ

Ò±®³¿´

ÅðÃÅïÃ

ÅðÃÅíÃ

ÅðÃÅìÃ

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅçÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅêÃÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅèÃÅçÃ

Ú·®³©¿®»

«°¼¿¬» ³±¼»

ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬

³±¼»

Ô·•¬ °®·²¬

³±¼»

Ý±²¬®±´ °¿²»´

½¸»½µ ³±¼»

Ì»•¬ °®·²¬

³±¼»

ÐÓ •«°°±®¬

³±¼»

Í»¬¬·²¹

³±¼»

Ì»•¬ ³±¼»

É¿®³·²¹ «°

Î»¿¼§

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚ

öï

Ì± «•»®

Í¬¿¬» ¬®¿²•·¬·±² ¼·¿¹®¿³ ±º •»´ºó¼·¿¹²±•·• ³±¼»•

Fig. 2-1

*1 Turn OFF the power after using the self-diagnosis mode, and leave the equipment to the user.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 25

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.2.1

Input check (Test mode 03)

The status of each input signal can be checked by pressing the [FAX] button, [COPY] button and

the digital keys in the test mode (03).

ÅÚßÈÃ

±®

ÅÝÑÐÇÃ

ÅðÃÅíÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§•Ã

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÔÝÜ ÑÒ÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

Note:

Initialization is performed before the equipment enters the test mode.

Fig. 2-2 Example of display during input check

Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are

listed in the following pages.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 26

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: OFF)

Contents

Digital

key

Highlighted display

Normal display

e.g.

Button

Items to check

e.g.

Bypass unit connection

Not connected

Connected

ADU connection

Not connected

Connected

LCF connection

Not connected

Connected

[1]

LCF drawer detection switch

PFP upper drawer detection switch

Drawer not installed Drawer present

PFP upper drawer paper stock sensor

PFP upper drawer feed sensor

PFP connection

Paper almost empty Paper present

Paper present

Not connected

Cover opened

No paper

[2]

Connected

Cover closed

Paper present

PFP side cover open/close switch

PFP upper drawer empty sensor

PFP upper drawer tray-up sensor

Tray at upper limit

position

Other than upper

limit position

LCF tray bottom sensor

Tray at bottom posi- Other than upper

tion

limit position

LCF standby side paper misload detection sen- Properly loaded

sor

Paper misload

[3]

Paper stock sensor at LCF feed side

PFP lower drawer detection switch

Paper present

No paper

Drawer not installed Drawer present

PFP lower drawer paper stock sensor

PFP lower drawer feed sensor

Paper almost empty Paper present

Paper present

No paper

PFP motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at

output mode (03))

Abnormal rotation

Normal rotation

[4]

PFP lower drawer empty sensor

PFP lower drawer tray-up sensor

No paper

Paper present

Tray at upper limit

position

Other than upper

limit position

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 27

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Contents

Highlighted display

Digital

key

Normal display

e.g.

Button

Items to check

e.g.

LCF end fence home position sensor

LCF end fence stop position sensor

Fence home posi-

tion

Other than home

position

Fence stop position Other than stop

position

Empty sensor at LCF standby side

LCF side cover open/close switch

No paper

Paper present

Cover opened

Normal rotation

Cover closed

Abnormal rotation

[5]

LCF motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at

output mode (03))

LCF tray-up sensor

Tray at upper limit

position

Other than upper

limit position

LCF feed sensor

No paper

Paper present

Empty sensor at LCF feed side

Lower drawer detection switch

Upper drawer detection switch

Lower drawer paper stock sensor

Upper drawer paper stock sensor

Lower drawer empty sensor

Upper drawer empty sensor

Lower drawer tray-up sensor

Drawer not installed Drawer present

Paper almost empty Paper present

No paper

Paper present

[6]

Tray at upper limit

position

Other than upper

limit position

Upper drawer tray-up sensor

Tray at upper limit

position

Other than upper

limit position

Side cover open/close switch

Front cover opening/closing switch

Cover opened

Cover closed

[7]

Exit sensor

Paper present

Bit 1

No paper

Bit 0

Bypass feed paper width sensor 3

(Refer to table1)

Bypass feed paper width sensor 2

(Refer to table1)

Bit 1

Bit 0

Bypass feed paper width sensor 1

(Refer to table1)

[8]

Bypass feed paper width sensor 0

(Refer to table1)

Bypass sensor

No paper

Paper present

ADU closed

No paper

ADU opening/closing switch

ADU exit sensor

ADU opened

Paper present

ADU entrance sensor

No paper

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 28

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Contents

Highlighted display

e.g.

Digital

key

Normal display

e.g.

Button

Items to check

[9]

Key copy counter connection

Not connected

Connected

[0]

Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width).

Bypass paper width sensor

Paper width size

A3/LD

A4-R/LT-R

A5-R/ST-R

Card size

B4-R/LG

B5-R

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 29

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

[FAX] button: ON/[COPY] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: ON/[COPY] LED: OFF)

Contents

Digital

key

Highlighted display

Normal display

e.g.

Button

Items to check

e.g.

2nd transfer roller position detection sensor

Released

Contacted

Black developer contact timing detection sensor Releasing move-

ment

Contacting move-

ment

Black developer contact position detection sen- Released position

sor

Contacted position

Normal rotation

Main motor rotation status

Abnormal rotation

(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

[1]

Developer motor rotation status

(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

Transport motor rotation status

(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

Polygonal motor rotation status

(Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03))

24V Power supply

Power OFF

Not connected

Normally

Power ON

IPC board connection

Connected

Color toner cartridge sensor

Revolver home position sensor

Installation fault

Home position

Other than home

position

[2]

Toner bag full detection sensor

Toner bag full

Not full

Black auto-toner sensor connection

Not connected

Connected

[3]

Lower drawer feed sensor

No paper

Paper present

Upper drawer feed sensor

Paper present

No paper

[4]

Bridge unit connection

Not connected

Connected

Color auto-toner sensor connection

Not connected

Connected

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 30

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Contents

Highlighted display

e.g.

Digital

key

Normal display

e.g.

Button

Items to check

[5]

RADF connection

RADF connected

Not connected

Platen sensor

Platen cove opened Platen cover closed

Carriage home position sensor

Home position

Other than home

position

APS sensor (APS-R)

APS sensor (APS-C)

APS sensor (APS-3)

APS sensor (APS-2)

APS sensor (APS-1)

RADF tray sensor

RADF empty sensor

RADF jam access cover sensor

RADF open/close sensor

RADF exit sensor

RADF intermediate sensor

RADF read sensor

RADF registration sensor

No original

Original present

Cover opened

RADF opened

Original present

No original

Cover closed

RADF closed

No original

[6]

[7]

[8]

RADF original length sensor

RADF original width sensor 1

RADF original width sensor 2

Original present

No original

Black toner cartridge switch

Cartridge not

installed

Cartridge installed

Bypass feed sensor

No paper

Paper present

[9]

Registration sensor

Paper present

No paper

Transfer belt home position sensor

Home position

Other tha home

position

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 31

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Contents

Highlighted display

Digital

key

Normal display

e.g.

Button

Items to check

e.g.

Bridge unit transport sensor 2

Bridge unit cover open/close detection switch

Bridge unit transport sensor 1

Bridge unit paper full detection sensor

Paper present

Cover opened

Paper present

Paper not full

No paper

Cover closed

No paper

Paper full

[0]

Charger cleaner front position detection switch

Cleaner home posi- Other than home

tion

position

Charger cleaner rear position detection switch

Cleaner rear posi-

tion

Other than rear posi-

tion

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 32

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

[FAX] button: OFF/[COPY] button: ON ([FAX] LED: OFF/[COPY] LED: ON)

Contents

Digital

key

Highlighted display

Normal display

Button

Items to check

e.g.

Temperature/humidity sensor (displays temper-

ature inside of the equipment)

Temperature/humidity sensor (displays humidity

inside of the equipment)

Drum thermistor (displays drum surface temper-

ature)

Temperature [°C]

[1]

[2]

[3]

Humidity [%RH]

Temperature [°C]

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 33

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Contents

Highlighted display

Digital

key

Normal display

e.g.

Button

Items to check

e.g.

[9]

Dongles for other equipments / Other USB

devices

Judgement for acceptable USB storage device Acceptable

(*1)

Connectable

Not connectable

[0]

Not acceptable

•

Be sure to install the USB storage device to the equipment and check if the device can be used with

this code.

•

Be sure to turn OFF the write protection (the function to prevent data from erasure by the accidental

recording or deleting) of the USB storage device before performing the check, otherwise this code

cannot be used.

It may take some time (2 sec. to 10 sec.) before this check is completed depending on the USB stor-

age device.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 34

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.2.2

Output check (test mode 03)

Status of the output signals can be checked by entering the following codes in the test mode 03.

Procedure 1

ÅðÃÅíÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²

ÑÒ

Í¬±°

½±¼»

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²

ÑÚÚ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Procedure 2

ÅðÃÅíÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²

Ñ²» ¼·®»½¬·±²

Ì»•¬ ³±¼»

•¬¿²¼¾§

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Procedure 3

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅíÃ

Ì»•¬ ³±¼»

•¬¿²¼¾§

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²

ÑÒ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²

ÑÚÚ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

Procedure 4

ÅðÃÅíÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

Code

Function

Code

Function

Procedure

101

Main motor ON (Operational without

black developer unit)

151

Code No.101 function OFF

102

103

108

109

110

112

Toner motor K (normal rotation) ON

Polygonal motor (600dpi) ON

Registration clutch ON

PFP motor ON

152

153

158

159

160

162

Code No.102 function OFF

Code No.103 function OFF

Code No.108 function OFF

Code No.109 function OFF

Code No.110 function OFF

Code No.112 function OFF

ADU motor ON

Developer motor ON (Operational with

black developer unit)

115

116

118

120

121

122

123

124

125

Drum cleaning brush motor ON

Transfer belt cleaner auger motor ON

Laser ON

165

166

168

170

171

172

173

174

175

Code No.115 function OFF

Code No.116 function OFF

Code No.118 function OFF

Code No.120 function OFF

Code No.121 function OFF

Code No.122 function OFF

Code No.123 function OFF

Code No.124 function OFF

Code No.125 function OFF

Exit motor (normal rotation) ON

Exit motor (reversal rotation) ON

LCF motor ON

Transport motor ON

Toner motor K (reversal rotation) ON

Color auto-toner sensor shutter sole-

noid ON (open)

126

Color auto-toner sensor LED ON

176

Code No.126 function OFF

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 35

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Code

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

218

225

226

228

232

235

241

242

243

248

249

252

261

Function

Procedure

Upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

Lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

Lower transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF

Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF

Lower transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF

LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF

LCF end fence reciprocating movement

LCF end fence motor ON/OFF

LCF feed clutch ON/OFF

LCF transport clutch ON/OFF

Key copy counter count up

PFP transport clutch ON/OFF

PFP upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

PFP lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF

Bridge unit gate solenoid ON/OFF

Discharge LED ON/OFF

IH board cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF

Upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

Lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

Developer bias (Black) [+DC] ON/OFF

Developer bias (Black) [-DC] ON/OFF

Main charger ON/OFF

Scan motor ON (Automatically stops at limit position, speed can be changed by using

ZOOM button)

264

265

267

268

271

278

280

281

282

283

284

285

294

295

297

410

411

412

SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan ON (high/low speed)

SLG board cooling fan / Scanner unit cooling fan OFF

Scanner exposure lamp ON/OFF

Laser unit cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF

LCF tray-up motor UP/DOWN

PFP upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

PFP lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up)

RADF feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation)

RADF feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation)

RADF read motor ON/OFF

RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (normal rotation)

RADF exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation)

RADF reverse solenoid ON/OFF

Power OFF mode (for 200V series)

RADF fan motor ON/OFF

Power supply cooling fan (low speed) ON/OFF

Power supply cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF

Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (low speed)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 36

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Code

413

416

417

418

419

420

421

422

424

425

426

427

428

430

431

432

433

435

437

439

440

442

450

451

452

453

454

455

456

457

458

459

460

461

Function

Internal cooling fan ON/OFF (high speed)

Procedure

IH board cooling fan (high speed) ON/OFF

Ozone exhaust fan (low speed) ON/OFF

Ozone exhaust fan (high speed) ON/OFF

Developer bias (Black) [AC] ON/OFF

Developer bias (Color) [+DC] ON/OFF

Developer bias (Color) [-DC1] ON/OFF

Developer bias (Color) [AC] ON/OFF

1st transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF

1st transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF

2nd transfer roller bias [+] ON/OFF

2nd transfer roller bias [-] ON/OFF

Drum cleaning blade bias ON/OFF

Image quality sensor shutter solenoid ON/OFF

Color developer drive clutch ON/OFF

Black developer drive clutch ON/OFF

Black developer lifting clutch ON/OFF

2nd transfer roller contact clutch ON/OFF

Transfer belt cleaner clutch ON/OFF

Upper transport clutch (high speed) ON/OFF

Upper transport clutch (low speed) ON/OFF

Color developer toner supply clutch ON/OFF

Revolver motor ON/OFF (printing operation)

Revolver motor operation (at standby position)

Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge Y access position)

Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge M access position)

Revolver motor operation (at toner cartridge C access position)

Revolver motor operation (at developer unit Y access position)

Revolver motor operation (at developer unit M access position)

Revolver motor operation (at developer unit C access position)

Revolver motor operation (at home position)

Revolver motor operation (at developing position)

Black developer unit lifting movement ON/OFF (continuous lifting movement)

Charger cleaner motor movement (one reciprocating movement)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 37

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.2.3

Test print mode (test mode 04)

The embedded test pattern can be printed out by keying in the following codes in the test print mode (04).

ÅðÃÅìÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²

Ý±²¬·²«±«•

Ì»•¬ Ð®·²¬·²¹

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅìÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Ý±´±®

•»´»½¬·±²

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Ñ°»®¿¬·±²

Ý±²¬·²«±«•

Ì»•¬ Ð®·²¬·²¹

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

Notes:

1. When an error occurs, it is indicated on the panel, but the recovery operation is not per-

formed.

Turn OFF the power and then back ON to clear the error.

2. During test printing, the [CLEAR] button is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed.

Code

142

204

219

220

231

Types of test pattern

Grid pattern (black)

Remarks

Pattern width: 2 dots, Pitch: 10 mm

Pattern width: 1 dot, Pitch: 10 mm

Grid pattern (color)

6% test pattern

8% test pattern

Secondary scanning direction 33 grada- 3 pixels standard, Width: 10 mm

tion steps

237

250

Halftone

Test pattern for KCMY secondary scan- For color deviation check

ning position adjustment

262

270

Pattern for jitter evaluation

(4 lines ON / 4 lines OFF)

1 pixel standard, for color deviation cor-

rection

Image quality control test pattern

For checking the image quality control

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 38

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.2.4

Adjustment mode (05)

Items in the adjustment mode list in the following pages can be corrected or changed in this adjustment mode

(05). Turn ON the power with pressing the digital keys [0] and [5] simultaneously in order to enter this mode.

When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the [ENERGY SAVER]

button for a few seconds.

Procedure 1

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷

ÅÚßÈÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

öÐ®»•• ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«• øó÷ò

Procedure 2

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

Ê¿´«»

¼·•°´¿§»¼

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÅÚßÈÃ ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷

Procedure 3

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅËÐÃ

±®

ÅÜÑÉÒÃ

øß¼¶«•¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÅÚßÈÃ ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 4

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÅÚßÈÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ÷

öÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÕ»§ ·² ¿ ª¿´«»÷

Í¬±®»• ª¿´«»

·² ÎßÓ

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

öÐ®»•• ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ ¬± »²¬»® ³·²«• øó÷ò

Procedure 5

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

ÅÚßÈÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅËÐÃ

±®

ÅÜÑÉÒÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ß«¬±³¿¬·½

¿¼¶«•¬³»²¬

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

øß¼¶«•¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷ Í¬±®»• ª¿´«»

·² ÎßÓ

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 39

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Procedure 6

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ß«¬±³¿¬·½

¿¼¶«•¬³»²¬

ÅÚßÈÃ ÅÝÑÐÇÃ÷

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

öÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is

displayed.

Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR]

button.

Procedure 7

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÚßÈÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

Í¬±®»• ª¿´«»

·² ÎßÓ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ß«¬±³¿¬·½

¿¼¶«•¬³»²¬

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

öÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is

displayed.

Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR] button.

Procedure 10

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷

Ê¿´«»

¼·•°´¿§»¼

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ ±® Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

øÊ¿´«» «²½¸¿²¹»¿¾´»÷

Procedure 14

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅÚßÈÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅëÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅËÐÃ ±® ÅÜÑÉÒÃ

øß¼¶«•¬ ¿ ª¿´«»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÍ«¾ ½±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÌ»•¬ ½±°§÷

Í¬±®»• ª¿´«»

·² ÎßÓ

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

Note:

The fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that at the normal

state.

Therefore, the problem of fusing efficiency may be occurred in the test copy at the adjustment

mode.

In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has

become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 40

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Test print pattern in Adjustment Mode (05)

Operation:

One test print is printed out when the [FAX] button is pressed after the code is keyed in at Standby

Screen.

Code

Types of test pattern

Grid pattern (Black)

Grid pattern (Black/Duplex printing)

Remarks

Refer to 3.4.3 Printer related adjustment

For gamma adjustment (Color/Black integrated Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

pattern)

For gamma adjustment (Color)

For gamma adjustment (Black)

For gamma adjustment (Color)

For gamma adjustment (Black)

Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

For checking the gradation reproduction

Refer to 3.5.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

For checking the image of printer section

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation

steps (Y)

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation

steps (M)

For checking the image of printer section

Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation

steps (C)

Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation

steps (K)

Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 600 x 600

dpi)

Gamma adjustment for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600 Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

dpi)

Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 600 x 600 Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

dpi)

Gamma adjustment for printer (PCL/ 1,200 x

600 dpi)

Refer to 3.6.1 Automatic gamma adjustment

Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 600 x 600 dpi) For checking the gradation reproduction

Gamma checking for printer (PS/ 1,200 x 600

dpi)

For checking the gradation reproduction

Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 2)

Grid pattern (Full Color / Thick paper 3)

Grid pattern (Full Color / OHP)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration

roller

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration

roller

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration

roller

Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 2)

Grid pattern (Black / Thick paper 3)

Grid pattern (Black / OHP)

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration

roller

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration

roller

Refer to 3.4.2 Paper alignment at the registration

roller

For color deviation correction (Full Color)

Only for A3/LD size

Only for A4/LT size

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 41

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Notes:

1. The digit after the hyphen in “Code” of the following table is a sub code.

2. In “RAM”, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. “M”

stands for the LGC board and “SYS” stands for the SYS board.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

200

201

202

203

204

206

207

Develop- Initialization of

ment

All

(Y,M,C,K)

The value starts chang-

ing approx. 3 minutes

after this adjustment

started.

The value is automati-

cally set during this

adjustment (approx. 2

minutes).

(As the value increases,

the sensor output

increases correspond-

ingly.) (Chap. 3.2)

color auto-

<0-255>

toner sensor

light amount

correction tar-

get value

<0-255>

YMC

<0-255>

Develop- Initialization of color auto-

ment

ALL

Initializes the color

auto-toner sensor light

amount correction tar-

get value.

toner sensor light amount

correction target value

(color)

208

210

Develop- Enforced correction of

ALL

(color)

Performs the color

auto-toner sensor light

amount correction forc-

ibly.

ment

color auto-toner sensor

light amount

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias out-

put adjustment (When not

transferred)

ALL

225

<0-225>

When the value

decreases, the 1st

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

The adjustment value

becomes effective

when the Setting Mode

(08- 541, 549 and 551)

is 0 (invalid).

224

225

226

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-

put adjustment (When

ALL

147

<0-187>

When the value

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

cleaning the roller [+] )

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-

put adjustment (When

229

<188-

255>

When the value

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

cleaning the roller [-] )

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-

put adjustment (Paper

interval/When not trans-

ferred)

191

<188-

255>

When the value

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

227-0

227-1

Transfer 2nd transfer

Single

159

When the value

roller bias out- side

(black) <0-187>

ALL 134

(black) <0-187>

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

The adjustment value

becomes effective

when the Setting Mode

(08- 544, 549 and 551)

is 0 (invalid).

put adjust-

ment

(Plain paper)

Reverse

side at

duplexing

227-2

227-3

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

(color) <0-187>

ALL 128

(color) <0-187>

147

duplexing

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 42

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

144

229-0

229-1

Transfer 2nd transfer

Single

ALL

When the value

roller bias out- side

(black) <0-187>

ALL 119

(black) <0-187>

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

The adjustment value

becomes effective

when the Setting Mode

(08-544, 549 and 551)

is 0 (invalid).

put adjust-

ment

Reverse

side at

(Thick paper

duplexing

229-2

229-3

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

(color) <0-187>

ALL 112

(color) <0-187>

125

duplexing

230-0

230-1

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-

put (Thick paper 2)

ALL

(black) <0-187>

ALL 150

(color) <0-187>

153

When the value

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

The adjustment value

becomes effective

when the Setting Mode

(08- 544, 549 and 551)

is 0 (invalid).

231-0

231-1

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-

put (Thick paper 3)

ALL

(black) <0-187>

ALL 131

(color) <0-187>

131

When the value

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

The adjustment value

becomes effective

when the Setting Mode

(08- 544, 549 and 551)

is 0 (invalid).

232-0

232-1

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias out-

put (OHP film)

ALL

(black) <0-187>

ALL 119

(color) <0-187>

119

When the value

decreases, the 2nd

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

The adjustment value

becomes effective

when the Setting Mode

(08- 544, 549 and 551)

is 0 (invalid).

234-0

234-1

Transfer 2nd transfer

Single

ALL

(black)

ALL

(black)

Sets the offset amount

of 2nd transfer roller

bias.

0: -500V 1: -400V

2: -300V 3: -200V

4: -100V 5: 0V

6: +100V 7: +200V

8: +300V 9: +400V

10: +500V

roller bias off- side

setting adjust-

ment

<0-10>

Reverse

side at

duplexing

Single

side

Reverse

side at

<0-10>

(Plain paper)

234-2

234-3

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

<0-10>

duplexing

236-0

236-1

Transfer 2nd transfer

Single

ALL

(black)

ALL

(black)

Sets the offset amount

of 2nd transfer roller

bias.

0: -500V 1: -400V

2: -300V 3: -200V

4: -100V 5: 0V

6: +100V 7: +200V

8: +300V 9: +400V

10: +500V

roller bias off- side

<0-10>

setting adjust-

ment (Thick

paper 1)

Reverse

side at

duplexing

Single

side

Reverse

side at

<0-10>

236-2

236-3

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

<0-10>

duplexing

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 43

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

237-0

237-1

238-0

238-1

239-0

239-1

241

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-

setting adjustment

ALL

(black)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(black)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(black)

ALL

(color)

ALL

Sets the offsetting

amount of 2nd transfer

roller bias.

<0-10>

(Thick paper 2)

0: -1,000V

2: -600V

4: -200V

1: -800V

3: -400 V

5: 0 V

<0-10>

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-

setting adjustment

<0-10>

6: +200V

8: +600V

10: +1,000V

7: +400V

9: +800 V

(Thick paper 3)

<0-10>

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-

setting adjustment

<0-10>

(OHP film)

<0-10>

<0-255>

Main

Main charger

As the value increases,

the transformer output

increases. The adjust-

ment value becomes

effective only when the

setting mode (08-549,

551, 556, 557) is 0

(invalid).

charger grid bias

adjustment

242

243

244

<0-255>

245

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias off-

setting

ALL

(black)

Sets the offsetting

amount of 1st transfer

roller bias.

<0-10>

0: -500 V

2: -300 V

4: -100 V

6: +100 V

8: +300 V

10: +500 V

1: -400 V

3: -200 V

5: 0 V

7: +200 V

9: +400 V

247

248

250

251

Transfer Temperature/humidity sen-

sor Humidity display

ALL

<0-100>

The humidity of the

inside of the equipment

is displayed.

[Unit: RH%]

Transfer Drum thermistor Tempera-

ture displa

<0-100>

The ambient tempera-

ture of the drum surface

is displayed.

[Unit: °C]

Transfer 1st transfer

roller bias out-

+Low

+High

4000

<3600-

4400>

Transformer output set-

ting of the 1st transfer

roller bias.

When replacing the

high-voltage trans-

former, the values listed

in attached data sheet

are entered.

put voltage

400

<280-

520>

(Unit: V)

252

253

Transfer 2nd transfer

roller bias out-

+Low

+High

ALL

6000

<5400-

6600>

Transformer output set-

ting of the 2nd transfer

roller bias (plus output).

When replacing the

high-voltage trans-

former, the values listed

in attached data sheet

are entered.

put voltage

500

<350-

650>

(Unit: V)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 44

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

254

Transfer 2nd transfer

roller bias out-

-Low

ALL

-500

<-9999-

Transformer output set-

ting of the 2nd transfer

roller bias (minus out-

put).

put voltage

When replacing the

high-voltage trans-

former, the values listed

in attached data sheet

are entered.

255

270

-High

ALL

-2000

<-9999-

(Unit: V)

Transfer Temperature/humidity sen-

sor Temperature display

<0-100>

The temperature of the

inside of the equipment

is displayed.

[Unit: °C]

275

276

Transfer 2nd transfer

roller bias

(+)

(-)

ALL

147

<0-255>

229

<0-255>

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when printing is oper-

ated.

actual value

(When clean-

ing the roller)

277-0

277-1

Transfer 2nd transfer

roller bias

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

159

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when printing is oper-

ated.

(black) <0-187>

ALL 134

(black) <0-187>

actual value

display (Plain

paper)

duplexing

277-2

277-3

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

(color) <0-187>

ALL 128

(color) <0-187>

147

duplexing

279-0

279-1

Transfer 2nd transfer

roller bias

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

(black) <0-187>

ALL 119

(black) <0-187>

144

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when printing is oper-

ated.

actual value

display (Thick

paper 1)

duplexing

279-2

279-3

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

(color) <0-187>

ALL 112

(color) <0-187>

125

duplexing

281

284

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

resistance detection con-

trol

Transfer Transfer belt cleaning unit

contact timing adjustment

ALL

The RMS value of the

main charger grid bias

is displayed..

<0-255>

141

<88-168>

When the value

increases, the contact

timing of transfer belt

cleaning unit is delayed.

285

Transfer Transfer belt cleaning unit

release timing adjustment

ALL

121

<88-168>

When the value

increases, the release

timing of transfer belt

cleaning unit is delayed.

290-0

290-1

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-

setting adjustment

ALL

153

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when printing is oper-

ated.

(black) <0-187>

ALL 150

(color) <0-187>

(Thick paper 2)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 45

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

131

291-0

291-1

292-0

292-1

293-0

293-1

293-2

293-3

293-4

294-0

294-1

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-

setting adjustment

ALL

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when printing is oper-

ated.

(black) <0-187>

ALL 131

(color) <0-187>

ALL 119

(black) <0-187>

ALL 119

(color) <0-187>

(Thick paper 3)

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias off-

setting adjustment

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when printing is oper-

ated.

(OHP film)

Transfer 2nd transfer

Plain

ALL

<0-255>

Corrects the 2nd trans-

fer roller bias output of

leading/trailing edge of

paper (05-227, 229,

230, 231 and 232).

roller bias cor- paper

rection of

leading/trail-

ing edge of

paper

Thick

paper 1

Thick

Correcting factor: %

paper 2

Thick

paper 3

OHP film

<0-255>

164

Transfer Actual value

Single

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

on the leading/trailing

edge of paper when

printing is performed.

(The value corrected in

05-293 is displayed.)

display of 2nd side

(black) <0-255>

ALL 142

(black) <0-255>

transfer roller

bias of lead-

ing/trailing

edge of paper

(Plain paper)

Reverse

side at

duplexing

294-2

294-3

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

(color) <0-255>

ALL 137

(color) <0-255>

153

duplexing

296-0

296-1

Transfer Actual value

Single

ALL

(black) <0-255>

ALL 136

(black) <0-255>

155

display of 2nd side

transfer roller

bias of lead-

ing/trailing

edge of paper

(Thick paper

Reverse

side at

duplexing

Single

side

Reverse

side at

296-2

296-3

ALL

(color) <0-255>

ALL 131

(color) <0-255>

141

duplexing

297-0

297-1

298-0

298-1

299-0

299-1

Transfer Actual value display of 2nd

ALL

160

transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>

ing/trailing edge of paper

(Thick paper 2)

ALL

(color) <0-255>

ALL 142

158

Transfer Actual value display of 2nd

transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>

ing/trailing edge of paper

(Thick paper 3)

ALL

(color) <0-255>

ALL 133

143

Transfer Actual value display of 2nd

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

on the leading/trailing

edge of paper when

printing is performed.

(The value corrected in

05-293 is displayed.)

transfer roller bias of lead- (black) <0-255>

ing/trailing edge of paper

(OHP film)

ALL

133

(color) <0-255>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 46

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

305

Scanner Image location adjustment

of secondary scanning

direction

ALL

124

<92-164>

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts by approx.

0.137 mm toward the

trailing edge of the

paper.

(scanner section)

306

308

Scanner Image location adjustment

of secondary scanning

direction

ALL

113

<0-255>

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts by approx.

0.0423 mm toward the

front side of the paper.

(scanner section)

Scanner Distortion mode

Moves carriages to the

adjusting position.

(Chap. 3.4.4)

330-0

330-1

330-2

330-3

Image

Image quality

ALL

Sets the maximum cor-

rection number of time

of the contrast voltage

in the closed-loop con-

trol mode 2.

control closed-loop

control con-

trast voltage

correction/

<0-255>

Mode 2 maxi-

mum number

of time cor-

<0-255>

rected

331-0

331-1

331-2

331-3

332-0

332-1

332-2

332-3

Image

Image quality

ALL

Sets the maximum cor-

rection number of time

of the laser power in the

closed-loop control

mode 2.

control closed-loop

control laser

power correc-

tion/Mode 2

<0-255>

maximum

number of

time corrected

<0-255>

Image

Image quality

Sets the maximum cor-

rection number of time

of the contrast voltage

in the closed-loop con-

trol mode 1.

control closed-loop

control con-

trast voltage

correction/

<0-255>

Mode 1 maxi-

mum number

of time cor-

<0-255>

rected

333-0

333-1

333-2

333-3

334

Image

Image quality

ALL

Sets the maximum cor-

rection number of time

of the laser power in the

closed-loop control

mode 1.

control closed-loop

control laser

power correc-

tion/Mode 1

<0-255>

maximum

number of

time corrected

<0-255>

Image

Main charger grid calibra-

300

<210-

390>

1000

<900-

1100>

Transformer output cali-

bration of the main

charger grid bias. When

replacing the high-volt-

age transformer, the

values listed in attached

data sheet are entered.

(Unit: V)

control tion voltage 1 (low)

335

Image

Main charger grid calibra-

ALL

control tion voltage 2 (high)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 47

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

338

Image

Color developer bias DC

ALL

100

<70-130>

Transformer output cali-

bration of the color

developer bias. When

replacing the high-volt-

age transformer, the

values listed in attached

data sheet are entered.

(Unit: V)

control (-) calibration voltage 1

(low)

Image

339

340

Color developer bias DC

ALL

900

<810-

990>

control (-) calibration voltage 2

(high)

Scanner Reproduction ratio adjust-

ment of secondary scan-

ning direction (scanner

section)

127

<0-255>

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

reproduction ratio in the

secondary scanning

direction (vertical to

paper feeding direc-

tion) increases by

approx. 0.223%.

350

351

354

355

357

Scanner Shading posi- Original

ALL

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

SYS 0.1369 mm/step

tion adjust-

ment

glass

RADF

SYS 0.1369 mm/step

RADF

Adjustment of for single-

<0-20>

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

aligning amount

RADF paper

alignment

sided orig-

inal

increases by approx.

0.5 mm.

for double

sided orig-

inal

<0-20>

SYS

Fine adjustment of RADF

transport speed

<0-100>

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

reproduction ratio of the

secondary scanning

direction on original (fed

from the RADF)

increases by approx.

0.1%.

358

RADF

RADF sideways deviation

adjustment

ALL

128

<0-255>

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

image of original fed

from the RADF shifts

toward the rear side of

paper by approx.

0.0423 mm.

SYS When the value

359

360

Scanner Carriage position adjust-

128

ment during scanning from (black) <0-255>

RADF

increases by “1”, the

carriage position shifts

by approx. 0.1 mm

ALL

128

SYS

(color) <0-255>

toward the exit side

when using the RADF.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 48

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

361

Scanner Log table switching for

RADF copying

ALL

(color)

SYS 0: Same log table as

the one used at

<0-4>

copying with original

glass

1: Background repro-

duction - Light 2

2: Background repro-

duction - Light 1

3: Background repro-

duction - Dark 1

4: Background repro-

duction - Dark 2

362

ALL

(black)

SYS 0: Same log table as

the one used at

<0-4>

copying with original

glass

1: Background repro-

duction - Light 2

2: Background repro-

duction - Light 1

3: Background repro-

duction - Dark 1

4: Background repro-

duction - Dark 2

363

Scanner Data transfer of character-

istic value of scanner / SYS

SCN

SYS Transfers the character-

istic values of the scan-

ner (shading correction

factor / RGB color cor-

rection / reproduction

ratio color aberration

correction) from the

board

SLG board

NVRAM of the SYS

board to the NVRAM of

the SLG board.

364

Scanner Data transfer of character-

istic value of scanner / SLG

SCN

SYS Transfers the character-

istic values of the scan-

ner (shading correction

factor / RGB color cor-

rection / reproduction

ratio color aberration

correction) from the

board

SYS board

NVRAM of the SLG

board to the NVRAM of

the SYS board.

365

366

RADF

RADF lead-

ing edge posi- sided orig-

tion 1

adjustment

for single-

ALL

<0-100>

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

copied image of original

inal

fed from the RADF

shifts toward the trail-

ing edge of paper by

approx. 0.1 mm.

for double

sided orig-

inal

<0-100>

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 49

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

367

RADF

Image

RADF original guide width

adjustment

ALL

Stores the current width

of RADF original guide

by keying in this code

with the guide set at the

minimum width. Per-

form this adjustment

when the RADF board

or volume is replaced,

or when the code (05-

356) is performed.

(Minimum)

368

RADF original guide width

adjustment

(Maximum)

ALL

Stores the current width

of RADF original guide

by keying in this code

with the guide set at the

maximum width. Per-

form this adjustment

when the RADF board

or volume is replaced,

or when the code (05-

356) is performed.

372

373

Black developer bias DC

ALL

100

<70-130>

Transformer output cali-

bration of the black

developer bias. When

replacing the high-volt-

age transformer, the

values listed in attached

data sheet are entered.

(Unit: V)

control (-) calibration voltage 1

(low)

Image

Black developer bias DC

900

<810-

990>

control (-) calibration voltage 2

(high)

380-0

380-1

380-2

380-3

381-0

381-1

381-2

381-3

382-0

382-1

382-2

382-3

Image

Image quality

ALL

320

<0-999>

330

<0-999>

340

<0-999>

375

<0-999>

320

<0-999>

330

<0-999>

340

<0-999>

375

<0-999>

408

<0-999>

408

<0-999>

408

<0-999>

408

<0-999>

Displays the contrast

voltage initial value set

by the open-loop con-

trol. (Unit: V)

control open-loop

control/ con-

trast voltage

initial value

display

Image

control age actual

Contrast volt-

Displays the contrast

voltage when printing is

operated. (Unit: V)

value display

Image

control open-loop

control/ laser

Image quality

Displays the laser

power initial value set

by the open-loop con-

trol. (Unit: µW)

power initial

value display

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 50

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

<0-255>

408

<0-999>

408

<0-999>

408

<0-999>

408

<0-999>

<0-255>

135

<0-255>

137

<0-255>

139

<0-255>

383-0

383-1

383-2

383-3

384-0

384-1

384-2

384-3

385-0

385-1

385-2

385-3

386-0

386-1

386-2

386-3

388

Image

control actual value

display

Laser power

Displays the laser

power when printing is

operated. (bit value)

Image

control actual value

Laser power

Displays the laser

power when printing is

operated. (Unit: µW)

display

Image

control grid bias

actual value

Main charger

Displays the main

charger grid bias when

printing is operated. (bit

value)

display

Image

control bias DC (-)

actual value

Developer

Displays the developer

bias when printing is

operated. (bit value)

display

146

<0-255>

Image

control display of

Output value

When the

light

Displays the output

value of image quality

sensor when the sensor

light source is OFF.

<0-1023>

image quality source is

sensor

OFF

389

Transfer

belt sur-

face

ALL

Displays the output

value of image quality

sensor (when there is

no test pattern) on the

transfer belt.

<0-1023>

390-0

390-1

390-2

390-3

Highden-

sity pat-

tern Y

Highden-

sity pat-

tern M

Highden-

sity pat-

tern C

Highden-

sity pat-

tern K

ALL

Displays the output

value of image quality

sensor when a high-

density test pattern is

written.

The larger the value is,

the smaller the toner

amount adhered

becomes.

<0-1023>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 51

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

391-0

Image

control display of

Output value

Lowden-

sity pat-

ALL

Displays the output

value of image quality

sensor when a low-den-

sity test pattern is writ-

ten.

The larger the value is,

the smaller the toner

amount adhered

becomes.

<0-1023>

image quality tern Y

sensor

391-1

391-2

391-3

392

Lowden-

sity pat-

tern M

Lowden-

sity pat-

tern C

Lowden-

sity pat-

tern K

ALL

<0-1023>

Image

Light amount adjustment

The LED light amount

adjustment value of this

sensor is the reference

value to set the

control result of image quality sen-

sor

<0-255>

reflected light from the

belt surface.

393

Image

Relative humidity display

ALL

Displays the relative

humidity at the latest

performing of the

closed-loop

control during latest closed-loop

<0-100>

control

control.

394

395

Image

Enforced performing of

ALL

Performs the image

quality open-loop con-

trol.

Performs the image

quality closedloop con-

trol.

Performs the image

quality control, initialize

each control value.

Sets the target value of

high image density con-

trol at the time of the

image quality control.

control image quality open-loop

control

Image

control image quality closed-loop

control

Image

Enforced performing of

396

Image quality control initial-

control ization

398-0

398-1

398-2

398-3

Image

Target value

265

<220-

360>

300

<220-

360>

320

<220-

360>

370

<300-

420>

control of the high

image den-

sity control

401

405

Laser

Fine adjustment of polygo-

nal motor rotation speed

(reproduction ratio adjust-

ment)

PRT

PPC

134

<0-255>

135

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

reproduction ratio of pri-

mary scanning direction

increases by approx.

0.07%. (approx. 0.1

mm/step)

410

411

Adjustment of primary

scanning laser writing start

position

PPC

PRT

128

<0-255>

120

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

writing start position

shifts to the front side

by approx. 0.0423 mm.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 52

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

417-0

Image

Color devia-

tion correc-

tion 1

ALL

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts toward the

trailing edge of the

paper by 0.0423 mm.

(A3/LD)

417-1

417-2

417-3

418-0

418-1

418-2

418-3

ALL

Image

Color devia-

tion correc-

tion 2

When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts toward the

trailing edge of the

paper by 0.0423 mm.

(A3/LD)

421

422

Drive

Adjustment of secondary

scanning direction repro-

duction ratio (fine adjust-

ment of main motor speed)

PPC/

PRT

FAX

127

<0-255>

144

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

reproduction ratio of

secondary scanning

direction increases by

approx. 0.04%.

When the value

increases by “1”, the

rotation becomes faster

by approx.

424

Fine adjustment of exit

motor speed

PPC/ JPN: 140

PRT

Others:

128

<0-255>

0.05%.

425

426

427

FAX

128

<0-255>

153

<0-255>

128

<0-255>

Drive

Adjustment of secondary

scanning direction repro-

duction ratio (fine adjust-

ment of transport motor

speed)

PPC/

PRT

FAX

When the value

increases by “1”, the

reproduction ratio of

secondary scanning

direction increases by

approx. 0.04%.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 53

06/10

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

430

Image

Top margin adjustment

(blank area at the leading

edge of the paper))

Left margin adjustment

(blank area at the left of the

paper along the paper

feeding direction)

Right margin adjustment

(blank area at the right of

the paper along the paper

feeding direction)

Bottom margin adjustment

(blank area at the trailing

edge of the paper)

PPC

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

blank area becomes

wider by approx.

0.0423 mm.

431

432

PPC

<0-255>

Image

<0-255>

433

Image

<0-255>

434-0

Bottom margin adjustment

(blank area at the trailing

edge of the paper)

PPC/

PRT

EUR: 45

UC: 28

JPN: 28

Others:

/Reverse side at duplexing

<0-255>

434-1

Image

Right margin adjustment

(blank area at the right of

the paper along the paper

feeding direction)

PPC/

PRT

<0-255>

/Reverse side at duplexing

435

436

Image

Top margin adjustment

(blank area at the leading

edge of the paper)

Left margin adjustment

(blank area at the left of the

paper along the paper

feeding direction)

Right margin adjustment

(blank area at the right of

the paper along the paper

feeding direction)

PRT

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

blank area becomes

wider by approx.

0.0423 mm.

<0-255>

437

Image

PRT

<0-255>

438

439

Image

Bottom margin adjustment

(blank area at the trailing

edge of the paper)

Bottom margin adjustment

(blank area at the trailing

edge of the paper along

the paper feeding direc-

tion) when paper size is not

specified at bypass feed

PRT

ALL

<0-255>

128

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

margin increases by

approx. 0.2 mm.

440

441

442

443

444

445

Laser

Secondary

scanning

laser writing

start position

Upper

drawer

Lower

drawer

Bypass

feeding

LCF

ALL

<0-40>

<0-80>

<0-40>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts toward the

trailing edge of the

paper by approx.

0.2 mm.

PFP

Duplex

feeding

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 54

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

<0-63>

448-0

448-1

448-2

448-3

449-0

449-1

449-2

449-3

450-0

450-1

450-2

450-3

452-0

452-1

452-2

452-3

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

When the value

increases by “1”, the

aligning amount

increases by approx.

0.8 mm.

Long size:

330 mm or longer

Middle size:

220 mm to 329 mm

Short size 1:

205 mm to 219 mm

Short size 2:

204 mm or shorter

size

Middle

size

the registra-

tion section

(PFP upper

drawer / Plain

paper)

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

size

Middle

size

the registra-

tion section

(PFP lower

drawer / Plain

paper)

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

size

Middle

size

the registra-

tion section

(Upperdrawer

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

/ Plain paper)

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

When the value

increases by “1”, the

aligning amount

increases by approx.

0.8 mm.

Long size:

size

Middle

size

the registra-

tion section

(Lowerdrawer

/ Plain paper)

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

<0-63>

330 mm or longer

Middle size:

220 mm to 329 mm

Short size 1:

205 mm to 219 mm

Short size 2:

204 mm or shorter

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 55

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

455-0

455-1

455-2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

When the value

increases by “1”, the

aligning amount

increases by approx.

0.8 mm.

Long size:

330 mm or longer

Middle size:

size

<0-63>

Middle

size

the registra-

tion section

(Duplex feed-

ing / Plain

paper)

<0-63>

Short

size

457

Paper

Paper aligning amount

ALL

<0-63>

220 mm to 329 mm

Short size:

219 mm or shorter

feeding adjustment at the registra-

tion section (LCF / Plain

paper)

Postcard is sup-

ported only for JPN

model.

458-0

458-1

458-2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

ALL

<0-63>

size

Middle

size

the registra-

tion section

(Bypass feed-

ing/Plain

Short

size

<0-63>

paper)

460-0

460-1

460-2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

ALL

<0-63>

size

Middle

size

Short

size

the registra-

tion section

(Bypass feed-

ing/Thick

paper 1)

461-0

461-1

461-2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

ALL

<0-63>

size

Middle

size

Short

size

the registra-

tion section

(Bypass feed-

ing/Thick

paper 2)

462-0

462-1

462-2

462-3

463-0

463-1

463-2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

ALL

<0-63>

size

Middle

size

Short

size

Post

card

the registra-

tion section

(Bypass feed-

ing/Thick

paper 3)

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

size

Middle

size

Short

size

the registra-

tion section

(Bypass feed-

ing/OHP film)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 56

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

143

<0-255>

170

<0-255>

143

<0-255>

143

<0-255>

143

<0-255>

143

<0-255>

128

466-0

466-1

466-4

466-5

466-6

466-7

467

Paper

Adjustment of Plain

When the value

feeding paper push-

ing amount /

Bypass feed-

ing

paper

increases by “1”, the

driving speed of bypass

feed roller increases by

approx. 2 ms when the

paper transport is

Post card

Thick

paper 1

started from the regis-

tration section.

Thick

paper 2

Post card is sup-

ported only for JPN

model.

Thick

paper 3

OHP film

Paper

Adjustment of paper push-

When the value

feeding ing amount/Duplex feed-

ing (short size)

<0-255>

increases by “1”, the

driving speed of ADU

transport roller

increases by approx.

2 ms when the paper

transport is started from

the registration section.

468-0

468-1

468-2

469-0

469-1

469-2

469-3

Finisher Fine adjust-

A4-R

ALL

When the value

ment of bind- /LT-R

<-14-14>

increases by “1”, the

binding/folding position

shifts toward the right

page by 0.25 mm.

ing position/

folding posi-

tion

<-14-14>

A3/LD

<-14-14>

<0-63>

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

When the value

increases by "1", the

aligning amount

increases by approx.

0.8 mm.

Long size:

330 mm or longer

Middle size:

220 mm to 329 mm

Short size 1:

size

Middle

size

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

the registra-

tion section

(Upperdrawer

/ Thick paper

470-0 Paper

feeding

Paperaligning Long

amount

size

Middle

size

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

adjustment at

the registra-

tion section

(Lowerdrawer

/ Thick

470-1

470-2

470-3

205 mm to 219 mm

Short size 2:

204 mm or shorter

paper 1)

471-0

471-1

471-2

471-3

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

size

Middle

size

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

the registra-

tion section

(PFP upper

drawer / Thick

paper 1)

<0-63>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 57

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

<0-63>

472-0

472-1

472-2

472-3

473

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

When the value

increases by "1", the

aligning amount

increases by approx.

0.8 mm.

Long size:

330 mm or longer

Middle size:

size

Middle

size

the registra-

tion section

(PFP lower

drawer / Thick

paper 1)

Short

size 1

Short

size 2

Paper

Paper aligning amount

220 mm to 329 mm

Short size:

219 mm or shorter

feeding adjustment at the registra-

tion section (LCF / Thick

paper 1)

Short size 1:

474-0

474-1

474-2

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at

Paperaligning Long

ALL

205 mm to 219 mm

Short size 2:

204 mm or shorter

size

Middle

size

Short

size

<0-63>

the registra-

tion section

(ADU / Thick

paper 1)

Post card is sup-

ported only for JPN

model.

<0-63>

475-0

475-1

Paper

feeding amount

adjustment at Long size

Paperaligning Thick

ALL

<0-63>

paper 2

the registra-

tion section

(Bypass feed-

ing)

Thick

<0-63>

paper 2

Middle

size

475-2

475-3

475-4

Thick

paper 2

Short size

Thick

paper 3

Long size

ALL

<0-63>

Thick

paper 3

Middle

size

<0-63>

475-5

Thick

paper 3

Short size

ALL

<0-63>

475-6

475-7

OHP film

Long size

OHP film

Middle

size

ALL

<0-63>

475-8

475-9

OHP film

Short size

Post card

ALL

<0-63>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 58

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

494

Laser

Secondary

scanning data decelerat-

laser writing

start position

When

ALL

135

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts by approx.

0.2 mm toward the

trailing edge of the

paper.

ing to 1/2

When

decelerat-

ing to 1/3

495

496

ALL

135

<0-255>

When

140

decelerat-

ing to 1/4

<0-255>

497-0

497-1

497-2

497-3

497-4

497-5

498-0

498-1

Laser

Adjustment of Upper

ALL

128

<0-255>

128

<0-255>

128

<0-255>

128

<0-255>

128

<0-255>

128

<0-255>

131

<0-255>

131

<0-255>

When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts toward the

front side by 0.0423

mm.

drawer side-

ways devia-

tion

drawer

Lower

drawer

PFPupper

drawer

PFP lower

drawer

LCF

Bypass

feeding

Adjustment of Long size

duplex feed-

Laser

When the value

increases by “1”, the

image shifts toward the

front side by 0.0423

mm.

ing sideways

deviation

Short size

(A4/LT or

smaller)

499

Develop- Black developer unit lift up/

ALL

Change the lift up/down

timing of the black

developer unit when a

CEB0 error occurs.

(Chap. 3.11.3)

ment

down timing adjustment

<0-255>

501

503

504

505

506

507

Image

Density

Photo

PPC

128

SYS When the value

increases, the image of

adjustment

Fine adjust-

ment of “man-

ual density”

/Center value

(black) <0-255>

Text/Photo PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

Text/Photo PPC 20

(black) <0-255>

PPC 20

(black) <0-255>

PPC 20

(black) <0-255>

the center step density

becomes darker.

SYS

Text

SYS

Image

Density

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

adjustment

Fine adjust-

ment of “man-

ual density”

/Light step

value

density adjustment.

When the value

Photo

Text

SYS

increases, the image of

the “light” steps

SYS

becomes lighter.

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

508

509

510

Density

Text/Photo PPC

adjustment

Fine adjust-

ment of “man-

ual density”

/Dark step

value

(black) <0-255>

PPC 20

(black) <0-255>

PPC 20

(black) <0-255>

density adjustment.

When the value

Photo

Text

SYS

increases, the image of

the “dark” steps

SYS

becomes darker.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 59

06/10

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

512

514

515

532

533

534

570

Image

Density

Photo

PPC

SYS When the value

increases, the image

SYS

adjustment

(black) <0-255>

Text/Photo PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 40

(black) <0-255>

PPC 16

(black) <0-255>

PPC 40

(black) <0-255>

Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 22

Fine adjust-

ment of “auto-

matic density”

becomes darker.

Text

SYS

SYS When the value

increases, the back-

SYS

tion Back-

ground peak

adjustment

ground of the image

(low density area)

becomes harder to be

printed out.

Photo

Text

SYS

SYS Sets whether the values

of the background peak

and text peak are fixed

or not. One’s place is

tion on origi-

nal manually

set on the

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

31-34,

original glass

41-44>

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

an adjustment for “auto-

matic density” and ten’s

place is for “manual

density”. Once they are

fixed, the range correc-

tion is performed with

standard values. The

values of the back-

ground peak and text

peak affect the repro-

duction of the back-

ground density and text

density respectively.

571

572

Photo

Text

PPC

SYS

31-34,

41-44>

PPC

SYS

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

31-34,

41-44>

1: fixed/fixed

2: varied/fixed

3: fixed/varied

4: varied/varied

Background peak/

Text peak

580

Image

Automatic gamma adjust-

ment

PPC

(black)

Adjusts the gradation

reproduction automati-

cally.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 60

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

590-0

590-1

590-2

591-0

591-1

591-2

592-0

592-1

592-2

596-0

596-1

596-2

597-0

597-1

597-2

598-0

598-1

598-2

599-0

599-1

599-2

600

Image

Adjustment of

PPC

SYS When the value

increases, the density

gamma bal-

ance (Text/

Photo)

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PPC 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

PRT 128

(black) <0-255>

in the target area

becomes higher.

L : Low density area

M : Medium density

area

SYS

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance (Text)

H : High density area

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance (Photo)

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance (PS/

Smooth)

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance

SYS When the value

increases, the density

in the target area

becomes higher.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

(PS/Detail)

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance

H : High density area

(PCL/Smooth)

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance

(PCL/Detail)

Background

adjustment

Text/Photo PPC

(black)

SYS When the value

decreases, the back-

<1-9>

ground becomes

darker. When the value

increases, the back-

ground becomes

lighter.

601

Text

PPC

(black)

SYS

<1-9>

602

Photo

PPC

(black)

SYS

<1-9>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 61

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

604

Image

Sharpness

adjustment

Text/Photo PPC

(black)

SYS When the value

increases, the image

becomes sharper.

When the value

<0-31>

decreases, the image

becomes softer.

The smaller the value

is, the less the moire

becomes.

605

Text

PPC

(black)

SYS

<0-31>

606

648

Photo

PPC

(black)

SYS

The default value 0

is equivalent to 16

(center value).

<0-31>

Image

Adjustment of Text/Photo PPC

SYS Adjustment of the

smudged/faint text.

With increasing the

value, the faint text is

suppressed, and with

decreasing it, the

smudged/faint

text

(black) <0-255>

smudged text is sup-

pressed.

654

655

663

Image

Adjustment of

smudged/faint

text

PRT

(black)

PRT

(black)

SYS When the value

decreases, the width of

<0-9>

255

text becomes wider.

PCL

SYS

Dot size adjustment in

black printing

PRT

SYS Adjusts the dot size of

primary scanning direc-

tion in black printing.

The smaller the value

is, the dot becomes

smaller.

(black) <0-255>

664

Image

Upper limit in

toner saving

mode

PRT

(black) <0-255>

PRT 176

(black) <0-255>

PPC

176

SYS When the value

decreases, the printing

density becomes

lighter.

665

PCL

SYS

667-0

667-1

667-2

667-3

667-4

Setting beam

level conver-

sion

Beam

Sets the beam level for

4 divided smoothing.

The primary scanning

direction is divided into

4 and the dot width is

set at the 5 levels (incl.

level “0”). The smaller

the value is, the smaller

the primary scanning

direction of the dot

level 0/4 (black) <0-255>

Beam PPC 63

level 1/4 (black) <0-255>

Beam PPC 127

level 2/4 (black) <0-255>

Beam PPC 191

level 3/4 (black) <0-255>

Beam PPC 255

level 4/4 (black) <0-255>

becomes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 62

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

693

Image

Range correc- Text/Photo PPC

SYS Sets whether the values

of the background peak

and text peak are fixed

or not. One’s place is

tion on origi-

nal set on the

RADF

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

31-34,

41-44>

an adjustment for “auto-

matic density” and ten’s

place is for “manual

density”. Once they are

fixed, the range correc-

tion is performed with

standard values.

The values of the back-

ground peak and text

peak affect the repro-

duction of the back-

ground density and text

density respectively.

1: fixed/fixed

694

695

Photo

Text

PPC

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

SYS

31-34,

41-44>

PPC

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

2: varied/fixed

3: fixed/varied

4: varied/varied

31-34,

41-44>

Background peak/

Text peak

700

701

Image

Adjustment of

binarized

threshold

(Text)

Center

value

FAX

125

SYS When the value

increases, the image of

(black) <0-255>

center value density

becomes darker.

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

density adjustment.

When the value

Light step

value

FAX

(black) <0-255>

increases, the image of

“light” side becomes

lighter.

702

710

Dark step

value

FAX

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

density adjustment.

SYS When the value

increases, the image of

the center step density

(black) <0-255>

Image

Density

Photo

FAX

128

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Center value

(black) <0-255>

becomes darker.

714

715

Text/Photo

Photo

FAX

128

SYS

(black) <0-255>

Density

FAX

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

density adjustment.

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Light step

value

(black) <0-255>

When the value

increases, the image of

the “light” steps

719

Text/Photo

FAX

SYS

(black) <0-255>

becomes lighter.

720

724

Image

Density

Photo

FAX

(black) <0-255>

FAX 20

(black) <0-255>

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Dark step

value

density adjustment.

When the value

Text/Photo

SYS

increases, the image of

the “dark” steps

becomes darker.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 63

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

725

729

Image

Density

Photo

FAX

SYS When the value

increases, the image

SYS

adjustment

“automatic

density” fine

adjustment

(black) <0-255>

FAX 128

(black) <0-255>

becomes darker.

Text/Photo

825

826

827

828

Image

Range correc- Text/Photo SCN

SYS Sets whether the values

of the background peak

and text peak are fixed

or not. One’s place is

tion on origi-

nal manually

set on the

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

31-34,

41-44>

original glass

an adjustment for “auto-

matic density” and ten’s

place is for “manual

density”. Once they are

fixed, the range correc-

tion is performed with

standard values. The

values of the back-

ground peak and text

peak affect the repro-

duction of the back-

ground density and text

density respectively.

1: fixed/fixed

Text

SCN

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

SYS

31-34,

41-44>

Photo

SCN

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

31-34,

41-44>

Gray scale SCN

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

2: varied/fixed

3: fixed/varied

4: varied/varied

31-34,

41-44>

Background peak/

Text peak

830

831

832

833

Image

Range correc- Text/Photo SCN

SYS Sets whether the values

of the background peak

and text peak are fixed

or not. One’s place is

tion on origi-

nal set on the

RADF

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

31-34,

41-44>

an adjustment for “auto-

matic density” and ten’s

place is for “manual

density”. Once they are

fixed, the range correc-

tion is performed with

standard values.

The values of the back-

ground peak and text

peak affect the repro-

duction of the back-

ground density and text

density respectively.

1: fixed/fixed

Text

SCN

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

SYS

31-34,

41-44>

Photo

SCN

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

31-34,

41-44>

Gray scale SCN

(black) <11-14,

21-24,

2: varied/fixed

3: fixed/varied

4: varied/varied

31-34,

41-44>

Background peak/

Text peak

835

836

837

838

Image

Range correc- Text/Photo SCN

tion Back-

(black) <0-255>

SCN 48

(black) <0-255>

SCN 16

(black) <0-255>

Gray scale SCN 32

(black) <0-255>

SYS When the value

increases, the back-

ground peak

adjustment

ground of the image

(low density area)

becomes harder to be

printed out.

Text

SYS

Photo

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 64

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

840

Image

Sharpness

adjustment

Text/Photo SCN

(black)

SYS When the value

increases, the image

becomes sharper.

<0-31>

When the value

841

842

843

Text

SCN

(black)

SYS

decreases, the image

becomes softer.

<0-31>

The smaller the value

is, the less the moire

becomes.

Photo

SCN

(black)

<0-31>

The default value 0

is equivalent to 16

(center value).

Gray scale SCN

(black)

<0-31>

845

846

847

848

Image

Density

Text/Photo SCN

128

SYS When the value

increases, the image

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Center value

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

becomes darker.

Text

SYS

Photo

SYS

Image

Fine adjustment of back-

ground / Center value

SYS When the value

increases, the back-

ground becomes

darker.

SYS When the value

increases, the image of

(black) <0-255>

850

851

852

Density

Text/Photo SCN

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Light step

value

(black) <0-255>

the “light” steps

becomes lighter.

Text

SCN

(black) <0-255>

SCN 20

(black) <0-255>

SYS

Photo

SYS

853

Image

Fine adjustment of back-

ground / Light step value

(Image smoothing)

SCN 50

(black) <0-255>

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at

background adjust-

ment. When the value

increases, the back-

ground of the “light”

steps becomes lighter.

855

856

857

Density

Text/Photo SCN

SYS When the value

increases, the image of

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

(black) <0-255>

the “dark” steps

becomes darker.

Text

SCN

(black) <0-255>

SCN 20

(black) <0-255>

SYS

adjustment/

Dark step

value

Photo

SYS

858

Fine adjustment of back-

ground / Dark step value

(Image smoothing)

SCN 50

(black) <0-255>

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at

background adjust-

ment. When the value

increases, the back-

ground of the “dark”

steps becomes darker.

860

861

862

Density

Text/Photo SCN

128

SYS When the value

increases, the image

adjustment

“automatic

density” fine

adjustment

(black) <0-255>

becomes darker.

Text

SCN

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

128

SYS

Photo

SYS

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 65

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

880-0

880-1

880-2

881-0

881-1

881-2

882-0

882-1

882-2

883-0

883-1

883-2

884

Image

Adjustment of

SCN

SYS When the value

increases, the density

gamma bal-

ance (Text/

Photo)

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

SCN 128

(black) <0-255>

in the target area

becomes higher.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density area

H: High density area

SYS

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance (Text)

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance (Photo)

Adjustment of

gamma bal-

ance (Gray

scale)

Reproduction ratio fine

adjustment of primary

scanning direction

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

reproduction ratio of pri-

mary scanning direction

increases by approx.

0.1%.

Effective with the reso-

lution other than 600

dpi.

953-0

953-1

953-2

953-3

Image

Color devia-

tion correc-

tion 3

ALL

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

When the value

increases by "1", the

image shifts toward the

trailing edge of the

paper by 0.0423 mm.

(A4/LT)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 66

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

954-0

Image

Color devia-

tion correc-

tion 4

ALL

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

128

<118-

138>

When the value

increases by "1", the

image shifts toward the

trailing edge of the

paper by 0.0423 mm.

(A4/LT)

954-1

954-2

954-3

955-0

955-1

955-2

955-3

956-0

956-1

956-2

956-3

976

ALL

Color devia-

tion correc-

tion 5

When the value

increases by "1", the

image shifts toward the

trailing edge of the

paper by 0.0423 mm.

(A4/LT)

Color devia-

tion correc-

tion 6

When the value

increases by "1", the

image shifts toward the

trailing edge of the

paper by 0.0423 mm.

(A4/LT)

Mainte- Equipment number (serial

nance

SYS When this adjustment is

performed with this

code, the setting code

(08-995) is also per-

formed automatically.

(10 digits)

number) display

1000

1001

1002

1003

Image

Automatic

gamma

adjustment

PS/

600x600

dpi

PRT

(color)

SYS Adjusts the gradation

reproduction for each

color, Y, M, C and K.

SYS

PS/

PRT

1200x600 (color)

dpi

PCL/

600x600

dpi

PCL/

1200x600 (color)

dpi

PRT

(color)

PRT

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 67

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1010-0

1010-1

1010-2

1011-0

1011-1

1011-2

1012-0

1012-1

1012-2

1013-0

1013-1

1013-2

1014-0

1014-1

1014-2

1015-0

1015-1

1015-2

1016-0

1016-1

1016-2

1017-0

1017-1

1017-2

1018-0

1018-1

1018-2

Image

Color bal-

PRT

SYS The target color, mode

and density area

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

become darker as the

value increases.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

H: High density area

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PS/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 68

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1019-0

1019-1

1019-2

1020-0

1020-1

1020-2

1021-0

1021-1

1021-2

1022-0

1022-1

1022-2

1023-0

1023-1

1023-2

1024-0

1024-1

1024-2

1025-0

1025-1

1025-2

1026-0

1026-1

1026-2

1027-0

1027-1

1027-2

Image

Color bal-

PRT

SYS The target color, mode

and density area

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

become darker as the

value increases.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

H: High density area

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PS/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 69

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1028-0

1028-1

1028-2

1029-0

1029-1

1029-2

1030-0

1030-1

1030-2

1031-0

1031-1

1031-2

1032-0

1032-1

1032-2

1033-0

1033-1

1033-2

1034-0

1034-1

1034-2

1035-0

1035-1

1035-2

1036-0

1036-1

1036-2

Image

Color bal-

PRT

SYS The target color, mode

and density area

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

become darker as the

value increases.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Smooth)

H: High density area

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PCL/

600x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 70

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1037-0

1037-1

1037-2

1038-0

1038-1

1038-2

1039-0

1039-1

1039-2

1040-0

1040-1

1040-2

1041-0

1041-1

1041-2

1046-0

1046-1

1047-0

1047-1

Image

Color bal-

PRT

SYS The target color, mode

and density area

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Smooth)

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 128

(color) <0-255>

PRT 255

(color) <0-255>

PRT 255

(color) <0-255>

PRT 255

(color) <0-255>

PRT 255

(color) <0-255>

become darker as the

value increases.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

H: High density area

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(PCL/

1200x600dpi/

Detail)

Image

Adjustment of

maximum

toner amount

(Plain paper)

PCL

SYS When the value

decreases, the image

becomes lighter.

Note:

SYS

Note:

When the value

Adjustment of

maximum

toner amount

(Thick paper

increases, the

image offsetting

may occur.

1048-0

1048-1

Image

Adjustment of

maximum

toner amount

(Thick paper

Adjustment of

maximum

toner amount

(Thick paper

PRT

(color) <0-255>

PRT 255

(color) <0-255>

255

SYS

PCL

1049-0

1049-1

PRT

(color) <0-255>

PRT 255

(color) <0-255>

255

SYS

PCL

1050-0

1050-1

Adjustment of

maximum

toner amount

(OHP film)

PRT

(color) <0-255>

PRT 200

(color) <0-255>

200

SYS

PCL

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 71

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

176

1055

1056

1057

1058

1060

Image

Upper limit in toner saving

mode

PRT

SYS When the value

decreases, the printing

(color) <0-255>

PRT 176

(color) <0-255>

PRT 176

(color) <0-255>

PRT 176

(color) <0-255>

SCN 128

(color) <0-255>

density becomes

lighter.

SYS

Image

Reproduction ratio fine

adjustment of primary

scanning direction

SYS When the value

increases by “1”, the

reproduction ratio of pri-

mary scanning direction

increases by approx.

0.1%.

Effective with the reso-

lution other than 600

dpi.

1065

1066

Image

Judgment threshold for

ACS

Judgment threshold for

ACS on original set on the (color) <0-255>

RADF

SCN

(color) <0-255>

SCN 70

SYS When the value

increases, originals

tend to be judged as

monochrome, and

when the value

SYS

decreases, they tend to

be judged as color in

autocolor mode.

1070

1071

1072

1075

1076

1077

1080

1081

1082

Image

Fine adjust-

ment of back-

ground

Text

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SYS Adjusts the level of

background. When the

<0-50>

value increases, the

background becomes

more brightened.

Printed

image

Photo

SYS

<0-50>

SYS

<0-50>

Fine adjust-

ment of black

density

Text

SYS Adjusts the black den-

sity of the scanned

<0-4>

<0-3>

image. When the value

increases, the black

density becomes

darker.

Printed

image

Photo

SYS

RGB conver- Text

sion method

selection

SYS Sets the color space

format of the output

image.

0: sRGB

Printed

image

Photo

SYS

<0-3>

1: AppleRGB

2: ROMMRGB

3: AdobeRGB

SCN

(color)

SYS

1086

1087

1088

Image

Sharpness

adjustment

Text

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SCN

(color)

SYS When the value

increases, the image

<0-31>

becomes sharper.

When the value

Printed

image

Photo

SYS

<0-31>

decreases, the image

becomes softer.

SYS

<0-31>

The smaller the value

is, the less the moire

becomes.

The default value 0

is equivalent to 16

(center value).

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 72

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1550

1551

1552

1553

1554

1560

1561

1562

1563

1564

1570

1571

1572

1573

1574

1580

1581

1582

1583

1584

1612

1613

1614

1615

1616

Image

Density

Text/Photo PPC

SYS When the value

increases, the image

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Center value

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

Text/Photo PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

Text/Photo PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

PPC 20

(color) <0-255>

Text/Photo PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 255

(color) <0-255>

PPC 249

(color) <0-255>

PPC 237

(color) <0-255>

PPC 237

(color) <0-255>

PPC 249

(color) <0-255>

becomes darker.

Text

SYS

Printed

image

Photo

Map

Density

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Dark step

value

density adjustment.

When the value

increases, the image of

the “dark” steps

Text

SYS

Printed

image

Photo

becomes darker.

Map

Density

SYS Sets the changing

amount by 1 step at the

adjustment

“manual den-

sity” fine

adjustment/

Light step

value

density adjustment.

When the value

increases, the image of

the “light” steps

Text

SYS

Printed

image

Photo

becomes lighter.

Map

Density

SYS When the value

increases, the image

adjustment

“automatic

density” fine

adjustment

becomes darker.

Text

SYS

Printed

image

Photo

Map

Adjustment of

maximum

toner amount

Plain

paper

Thick

paper 1

Thick

paper 2

Thick

paper 3

SYS When the value

decreases, the image

becomes lighter.

Note:

SYS

Note:

When the value

increases,

image offsetting

may occur.

OHP film

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 73

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1630

1631

1632

1633

1642

Image

Maximum text

density

adjustment

PPC

(color)

PPC

(color)

PPC

(color)

PPC

(color)

SYS When the value

<0-10>

increases by “1”, the

maximum text density

of each color becomes

darker.

SYS

<0-10>

Image

Automatic

gamma

adjustment

Color/

Black

PPC

SYS Automatic adjustment

of gradation reproduc-

tion in the Full Color

Mode (each color of Y,

M, C and K) and Black

Mode.

1643

Color

PPC

SYS Automatic adjustment

of gradation reproduc-

tion in the Full Color

Mode (each color of Y,

M, C and K).

SYS When the value

increases, originals

tend to be judged as

black, and when the

1675

1676

Image

Judgment threshold for

ACS

(color) <0-255>

value decreases, they

tend to be judged as

color in auto-color

mode.

Image

Judgment threshold for

ACS on original set on the (color) <0-255>

RADF

PPC

SYS

1688

1689

1690

1691

1692

1693

1694

1695

1696

1697

Automatic off- Text/Photo PPC

128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

Automatic off- Text/Photo PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

SYS When the value

increases, the back-

setting adjust-

ment for

background

processing

(background

density)

ground becomes

darker.

Text

SYS

Printed

image

Photo

Map

Image

SYS When the value

increases, the text

setting adjust-

ment for

background

processing

(text density)

becomes darker.

Text

SYS

Printed

image

Photo

Map

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 74

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1698

1699

1700

1701

1702

1708

1709

1710

1711

1712

1725

Image

Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC

SYS When the value

increases, the back-

ting adjust-

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

Manual offset- Text/Photo PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

ment for

ground becomes

darker.

Text

SYS

background

processing

(background

density)

Printed

image

Photo

Map

SYS When the value

increases, the text

ting adjust-

ment for

background

processing

(text density)

becomes darker.

Text

SYS

Printed

image

Photo

Map

Text/Photo reproduction

level adjustment

PPC

(color)

SYS 0: Default

1: Photo oriented 2

<0-5>

(The printed image

reproduction level

higher than that of

the Photo oriented

2: Photo oriented 1

(The printed image

reproduction level

higher than that of

the Default)

3: Equivalent to the

Default

4: Text oriented 1 (The

text reproduction

level higher than

that of the Default)

5: Text oriented 2 (The

text reproduction

level higher than

that of the Text ori-

ented 1)

1737

1738

1739

1740

1741

Image

Sharpness

adjustment /

Full Color

Mode

Text/Photo PPC

(color)

SYS When the value

<0-31>

increases, the image

becomes sharper.

When the value

Text

PPC

(color)

SYS

<0-31>

decreases, the image

becomes softer.

Printed

image

PPC

(color)

<0-31>

The smaller the value

is, the less the moire

becomes.

Photo

PPC

(color)

<0-31>

Map

PPC

(color)

The default value 0

is equivalent to 16

(center value).

<0-31>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 75

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1757

Image

Sharpness adjustment /

Auto Color Mode (Text/

Photo)

PPC

(color)

EUR: 0

UC: 0

JAPN: 22

<0-31>

SYS When the value

increases, the image

becomes sharper.

When the value

decreases, the image

becomes softer. The

smaller the value is, the

less the moire

becomes.

The default value 0

is equivalent to

16(center value).

1761

Image

Black reproduction switch-

ing

PPC

(color)

SYS 0: Default

1: Black reproduction

oriented

SYS Sets the reproduction

mode for highlighter for

<0-1>

1769

1770

Setting for

highlighter

Vivid

PPC

(color)

PPC

(color)

PPC

(color)

PPC

(color)

<0-2>

128

four types of one touch

adjustment.

0: Default

1: Highlighter 1

2: Highlighter 2

Clear

SYS

1771

Warm

Cool

1772

1779-0

1779-1

1779-2

1780-0

1780-1

1780-2

1781-0

1781-1

1781-2

1782-0

1782-1

1782-2

1783-0

1783-1

1783-2

Image

Color bal-

PPC

SYS The target color, mode

and density area

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(Text/Photo)

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

become darker as the

value increases.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(Text)

H: High density area

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(Printed

image)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(Photo)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “Y”

(Map)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 76

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1784-0

1784-1

1784-2

1785-0

1785-1

1785-2

1786-0

1786-1

1786-2

1787-0

1787-1

1787-2

1788-0

1788-1

1788-2

1789-0

1789-1

1789-2

1790-0

1790-1

1790-2

1791-0

1791-1

1791-2

1792-0

1792-1

1792-2

Image

Color bal-

PPC

SYS The target color, mode

and density area

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(Text/Photo)

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

become darker as the

value increases.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(Text)

H: High density area

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(Printed

image)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(Photo)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “M”

(Map)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(Text/Photo)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(Text)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(Printed

image)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(Photo)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 77

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

128

1793-0

1793-1

1793-2

1794-0

1794-1

1794-2

1795-0

1795-1

1795-2

1796-0

1796-1

1796-2

1797-0

1797-1

1797-2

1798-0

1798-1

1798-2

1800-0

1800-1

1800-2

1800-3

1801-0

1801-1

1801-2

1801-3

Image

Color bal-

PPC

SYS The target color, mode

and density area

ance adjust-

ment for “C”

(Map)

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

PPC 128

(color) <0-255>

become darker as the

value increases.

L: Low density area

M: Medium density

area

SYS

Color bal-

H: High density area

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(Text/Photo)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(Text)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(Printed

image)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(Photo)

Color bal-

ance adjust-

ment for “K”

(Map)

Upper limit

ALL

650

<0-999>

650

<0-999>

650

<0-999>

600

<0-999>

120

<0-999>

120

<0-999>

120

<0-999>

120

<0-999>

Sets the upper limit

value of the contrast

voltage at the image

quality control. (Unit: V)

control value of con-

trast voltage

Image

control value of con-

trast voltage

Lower limit

Sets the lower limit

value of the contrast

voltage at the image

quality control. (Unit: V)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 78

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

800

<0-999>

800

<0-999>

800

<0-999>

800

<0-999>

350

<0-999>

350

<0-999>

350

<0-999>

350

<0-999>

125

<0-999>

125

<0-999>

125

<0-999>

125

<0-999>

979

<0-999>

979

<0-999>

979

<0-999>

1802-0

1802-1

1802-2

1802-3

1803-0

1803-1

1803-2

1803-3

1804-0

1804-1

1804-2

1804-3

1805-0

1805-1

1805-2

1805-3

1806-0

Image

control value of laser

power

Upper limit

Sets the upper limit

value of the laser power

at the image quality

control. (Unit: µW)

Image

control value of laser

Lower limit

Sets the lower limit

value of the laser power

at the image quality

control. (Unit: µW)

power

Image

control voltage actual

value display

Background

Displays the back-

ground voltage when

printing is operated.

(Unit: V)

Image

control potential char-

acteristic/

Drum surface

Displays the slope fac-

tor of the approximate

expression of the drum

surface potential to the

main charger grid volt-

age at the open-loop

control.

slope factor

display

990

<0-999>

-6

<-999-

999>

Image

Drum surface

Displays the offset fac-

tor of the approximate

expression of the drum

surface potential to the

main charger grid volt-

age at the open-loop

control.

control potential char-

acteristic/off-

set factor

1806-1

1806-2

1806-3

ALL

-6

<-999-

999>

-6

<-999-

999>

display

-4

<-999-

999>

1807-0

1807-1

1807-2

1807-3

Image

Drum expo-

ALL

<0-999>

Displays the slope fac-

tor of the approximate

expression of the drum

exposure voltage to the

main charger grid volt-

age at the open-loop

control.

control sure voltage

characteristic/

slope factor

display (main

charger grid

low voltage

area)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 79

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1808-0

Image

Drum expo-

ALL

<-999-

999>

<-999-

999>

<-999-

999>

Displays the offset fac-

tor of the approximate

expression of the drum

exposure voltage to the

main charger grid volt-

age at the open-loop

control.

control sure voltage

characteristic/

offset factor

display (main

charger grid

low voltage

1808-1

1808-2

1808-3

ALL

area)

<-999-

999>

1809-0

1809-1

1809-2

1809-3

1810-0

Image

Drum expo-

ALL

<0-999>

<-999-

999>

<-999-

999>

<-999-

999>

Displays the slope fac-

tor of the approximate

expression of the drum

exposure voltage to the

main charger grid volt-

age at the open-loop

control.

control sure voltage

characteristic/

slope factor

display (main

charger grid

high voltage

area)

Image

Drum expo-

Displays the offset fac-

tor of the approximate

expression of the drum

exposure voltage to the

main charger grid volt-

age at the open-loop

control.

control sure voltage

characteristic/

offset factor

1810-1

1810-2

1810-3

ALL

display (main

charger grid

high voltage

area)

<-999-

999>

1811-0

1811-1

1811-2

1811-3

1812-0

1812-1

1812-2

1812-3

Image

control age/upper

limit actual

Contrast volt-

ALL

500

<0-999>

500

<0-999>

500

<0-999>

600

<0-999>

120

<0-999>

120

<0-999>

120

<0-999>

120

Displays the upper limit

value of the contrast

voltage when printing is

operated. (Unit: V)

value display

Image

control age/lowerlimit

Contrast volt-

Displays the lower limit

value of the contrast

voltage when printing is

operated. (Unit: V)

actual value

display

<0-999>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 80

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

PPC

able

value>

170

<0-999>

170

<0-999>

170

<0-999>

170

<0-999>

1813-0

1813-1

1813-2

1813-3

1814-0

1814-1

1814-2

1814-3

1815-0

1815-1

1815-2

1815-3

1816-0

1816-1

1816-2

1816-3

1817

Image

Display of

Displays the upper limit

value of the background

voltage when printing is

operated. (Unit: V)

control background

voltage/upper

limit actual

value

Image

control voltage/lower

Background

Displays the lower limit

value of the background

voltage when printing is

operated. (Unit: V)

limit actual

value display

<0-999>

Image

control age/correc-

tion number of

Contrast volt-

Displays the actual

number of time the con-

trast voltage has been

corrected at the closed-

loop control.

<0-255>

time display

<0-255>

Image

control correction/

number of

Laser power

Displays the actual

number of time the

laser power has been

corrected at the closed-

loop control.

<0-255>

time display

<0-255>

Image

control display

Laser power actual value

Displays the laser

power value when

copying in the Black

Mode. (Bit value)

(black) <0-255>

1819

1820

Image

control tor

Laser power correcting fac- PPC

100

<100-

255>

Perform the correction

of the setting 05-1817.

(Unit: %)

Displays the laser

power value when print-

ing in the Black Mode.

(Bit value)

(black)

Image

control display

Laser power actual value

PRT

(black) <0-255>

1821

Image

control tor

Laser power correcting fac- PRT

100

<100-

255>

Perform the correction

of the setting 05-1820.

(Unit: %)

(black)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 81

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

<0-255>

1822-0 Transfer 2nd transfer

roller bias cor-

Plain

paper

Thick

paper 1

Thick

paper 2

Thick

paper 3

Corrects the 2nd trans-

fer roller bias output of

the trailing edge of

paper (05-227, 229,

230, 231 and 232).

Correction factor: %

rection of trail-

ing edge of

paper

1822-1

1822-2

1822-3

1822-4

OHP film

1823-0 Transfer Display of

intermediate

Single

side

Reverse

side at

162

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when the actual printing

is operated.

(The value corrected in

05-1822 is displayed.)

(black) <0-255>

ALL 139

(black) <0-255>

level of 2nd

transfer roller

bias actual

value of trail-

ing edge of

paper

1823-1

duplexing

1823-2

1823-3

Single

side

Reverse

side at

ALL

(color) <0-255>

ALL 133

(color) <0-255>

150

(Plain paper)

duplexing

1825-0 Transfer Display of

intermediate

Single

side

Reverse

side at

duplexing

Single

side

Reverse

side at

duplexing

ALL

(black) <0-255>

ALL 127

(black) <0-255>

149

level of 2nd

transfe rroller

bias actual

value of trail-

ing edge of

paper

1825-1

1825-2

1825-3

ALL

(color) <0-255>

ALL 121

(color) <0-255>

133

(Thick paper

1826-0 Transfer Display of intermediate

level of 2nd transfer roller

ALL

(black) <0-255>

ALL 154

(color) <0-255>

157

bias actual value of trailing

edge of paper

1826-1

(Thick paper 2)

1827-0 Transfer Display of intermediate

level of 2nd transfer roller

ALL

(black) <0-255>

ALL 137

(color) <0-255>

137

bias actual value of trailing

edge of paper

1827-1

(Thick paper 3)

1828-0 Transfer Display of intermediate

level of 2nd transfer roller

ALL

(black) <0-255>

ALL 126

(color) <0-255>

126

bias actual value of trailing

edge of paper (OHP film)

1828-1

1829-0 Transfer 1st transfer

roller bias cor-

Thick

paper 2

ALL

<0-100>

Corrects the 1st trans-

fer roller bias output.

Correction factor: %

rection at

deceleration

1829-1

Thick

paper 3

1829-2

OHP film

<0-100>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 82

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

187

1831

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

actual value display at

deceleration

ALL

Displays the value of

1st transfer roller bias

at deceleration when

the actual printing is

operated.

(black) <0-255>

(Thick paper 2)

1832

1833

1836

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

actual value display at

deceleration

ALL

187

(The value corrected in

05-1829 is displayed.)

(black) <0-255>

(Thick paper 3)

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

actual value display at

deceleration

ALL

187

(black) <0-255>

(OHP film)

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

ALL

178

Displays the actual

value of the 1st transfer

roller bias when the

transfers of all colors (Y,

M, C and K) have fin-

ished.

actual value display in low- (color) <0-255>

speed color printing

(Plain paper / Thick paper

This adjustment is valid

only when the value of

the code 08-497 is “1”

(6 pages/minute).

1839-0 Transfer 2nd transfer

Intermedi-

ALL

100

<0-100>

Corrects the 2nd trans-

fer roller bias output of

leading/trailing edge of

paper (05-1840).

roller bias cor- ate level

rection of

leading/trail-

ing edge of

paper

bias of

trailing

edge

Bias of

leading/

trailing

edge

(Correcting factor: %)

1839-1

ALL

<0-100>

(Tab paper)

1840-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias

output adjustment

153

As the value decreases,

the 2nd transfer roller

bias output increases

correspondingly.

The adjustment value

becomes effective

when the Setting Mode

(08-544, 549 and 551)

is 0 (invalid).

(black) <0-187>

(Tab paper)

1840-1

ALL

150

(color) <0-187>

1841-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias

offsetting adjustment

ALL

(black)

Sets the offset amount

of 2nd transfer roller

bias.

<0-10>

(Tab paper)

0: -500V

2: -300V

4: -100V

6: +100V

8: +300V

10: +500V

1: -400V

3: -200V

5: 0V

7: +200V

9: +400V

1841-1

ALL

(color)

<0-10>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 83

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

153

1842-0 Transfer Actual value

Intermedi-

ALL

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

on the leading/trailing

edge of paper when

printing is performed.

(The value corrected in

05-1839 is displayed.)

display of 2nd

transfer roller

bias

ate level (black) <0-225>

bias of

trailing

edge

of leading/

trailing

edge of paper

(Tab paper)

1842-1

1842-2

Bias of

leading/

trailing

edge

ALL

157

(black) <0-225>

Intermedi-

ate level

bias of

ALL

150

(color) <0-225>

trailing

edge

1842-3

Bias of

leading/

trailing

edge

ALL

154

(color) <0-225>

1845-0 Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias

actual value display

ALL

(black) <0-187>

ALL 150

(color) <0-187>

153

Displays the value of

2nd transfer roller bias

when printing is oper-

ated.

(Tab paper)

1845-1

1847

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

actual value display

(Tab paper)

ALL

400

<300-

800>

The drum surface

potential at the 1st

transfer bias resistance

detection control is

adjusted.

[Unit: V]

1848

1849

Transfer 1st transfer bias resis-

tance detection control

ALL

The result value of the

1st transfer bias resis-

tance detection control

is displayed.

[Unit: V]

When the value

decreases, the 1st

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

<0-9999>

Result value display

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias out-

put adjustment

154

(black) <0-225>

This setting is enabled

when "0" (disabled) is

set at the codes 08-

541, -549 and -551.

1850-0 Transfer 1st transfer

roller bias out-

ALL

(color) <0-225>

ALL 143

(color) <0-225>

ALL 154

(color) <0-225>

ALL 154

(color) <0-225>

ALL 154

(black) <0-225>

138

When the value

decreases, the 1st

transfer roller bias out-

put increases.

This setting is enabled

when "0" (disabled) is

set at the codes 08-

541, -549 and -551.

put adjust-

ment

1850-1

1850-2

1850-3

1861

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias RMS

value display

The RMS value of the

1st transfer roller bias

at the time of printing is

displayed.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 84

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Adjustment mode (05)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

138

1862-0 Transfer 1st transfer

roller bias

ALL

The RMS value of the

1st transfer roller bias

at the time of printing is

displayed.

(color) <0-225>

ALL 143

(color) <0-225>

ALL 154

(color) <0-225>

ALL 154

(color) <0-225>

RMS value

display

1862-1

1862-2

1862-3

1863

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

resistance detection Cur-

rent offset adjustment

ALL

The current offset

amount of the 1st trans-

fer roller bias resistance

detection is adjusted.

0: -10 1: -8 2: -6

3: -4 4: -2 5: 0

<0-10>

6: +2 7: +4 8: +6

9: +8 10: +10

[Unit: A]

1864

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias cor-

rection at low-speed color

printing

ALL

100

The 1st transfer roller

bias output after the

completion of transfer

of all colors (Y, M, C

and K) is corrected.

This setting is enabled

when "1" (6 sheets/

minute) is set at the

code 08-497.

(color) <0-100>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 85

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

2.2.5

Setting mode (08)

The items in the setting code list can be set or changed in this setting mode (08).

When the power should be turned OFF, be sure to shut down the equipment by pressing the

[ENERGY SAVER] button for a few seconds.

Procedure 1

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ

Í»¬• ±®

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).

Procedure 2

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»

½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Procedure 3

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øß«¬±³¿¬·½ •»¬¬·²¹÷

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ ±® ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

Procedure 4

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«»

·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÚËÒÝÌ×ÑÒ ÝÔÛßÎÃ

Í»¬• ±®

½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 86

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Procedure 5

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

öÅØÛÔÐÃ

Í»¬• ±®

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»

Press [HELP] to enter "-".

Procedure 7

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øØÜÜ º±®³¿¬¬·²¹÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

øÍ»¬¬·²¹÷

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 9

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÍ»´»½¬ ¾«¬¬±²Ã

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

Procedure 10

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øï•¬ •»¬¬·²¹÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øî²¼ •»¬¬·²¹÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

øÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 87

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Procedure 11 and 12

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

±®

ÅÍ±º¬©¿®» µ»§¾±¿®¼Ã

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

^öîøÍ¬±®»• ª¿´«» ·² ÎßÓ÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

öï

ÅÓÑÒ×ÌÑÎñÐßËÍÛÃ

Í»¬• ±®

½¸¿²¹»• ª¿´«»

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

*1 Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter "-", when entering telephone number.

*2 The data are stored in SYS-RAM in procedure 11 and stored in NIC-RAM

in procedure 12.

Procedure 14

ÅÝßÒÝÛÔÃ

ÅÛÒÌÛÎÃ

ÅðÃÅèÃ

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÝ±¼»÷

ÅÜ·¹·¬¿´ µ»§Ã

øÍ«¾ó½±¼»÷

ÅÐÑÉÛÎÃ

ÑÚÚñÑÒ

øÛ¨·¬÷

ÅÍÌßÎÌÃ

±®

Å×ÒÌÛÎÎËÐÌÃ

ß¼¶«•¬³»²¬ ª¿´«»

½¿²²±¬ ¾» ½¸¿²¹»¼

ÅÝÔÛßÎÃ

øÝ±®®»½¬• ª¿´«»÷

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 88

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Notes:

1. The digit after the hyphen in “Code” of the following table is a sub code.

2. In “RAM”, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. “M”

stands for the LGC board, “SYS”, “NIC” and “UTY” stands for the SYS board.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

200

General Date and time setting

ALL

Year/month/date/day/

hour/minute/second

Example:

<13 dig-

its>

03 07 0 13 13 27 48

“Day” - “0” is for “Sun-

day”. Proceeds Monday

through Saturday from

“1” to “6”.

201

202

General Destination selection

ALL

EUR: 0

UC: 1

JPN: 2

<0-3>

0: EUR

1: UC

2: JPN

3: Other

0: No external counter

1: Coin controller

User

Counter installed externally

interface

<0-4>

2: Copy key card

3: Key copy counter

4: Key card for OEM1

203

204

General Line adjustment mode

ALL

0: For factory ship-

ment

1: For line

<0-1>

Field: “0” must be

selected

User

Auto-clear timer setting

SYS Timer to return the

equipment to the

default settings when

the [START] button is

not pressed after the

function and the mode

are set

interface

<0-10>

0: Not cleared

1 to 10:

Set number x 15

sec.

205

User

interface

Auto power save mode

timer setting

ALL

SYS Timer to automatically

switch to the energy

saving mode when the

equipment has not

been used

<0, 6-15>

0: Invalid 6: 3min.

7: 4min. 8: 5min.

9: 7min.

10: 10min.

11: 15min.

12: 20min.

13: 30min.

14: 45min.

15: 60min.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 89

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

206

User

Auto Shut Off Mode timer

ALL

Refer to

content

<0-20>

SYS Timer to enter the Sleep

Mode automatically

when the equipment

has not been used

0: 3min. 1: 5min.

2: 10min. 3: 15min.

4: 20min. 5: 25min.

6: 30min. 7: 40min.

8: 50min. 9: 60min.

10: 70min.

interface setting (Sleep Mode)

11: 80min.

12: 90min.

13: 100min.

14: 110min.

15: 120min.

16: 150min.

17:180min.

18: 210min.

19:240min.

20: Not used

e-STUDIO281c: 9

e-STUDIO351c: 9

e-STUDIO451c: 12

207

209

User

interface LCD

Highlighting display on

ALL

SYS 0: Black letter on white

background

1: White letter on black

background

SYS 0: TIFF (Multi)

1: PDF (Multi)

<0-1>

User

Default setting of filing for-

interface mat when E-mailing (com- (color)

mon in all color modes)

<0-4>

2: Not used

3: TIFF (Single)

4: PDF (Single)

210

218

219

220

Paper

Paper size (A6-R)

PRT

148/105

<148-

432/105-

297>

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

User

Default setting of filing for-

SCN

(color)

SYS 0: TIFF (Multi)

1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG

3: TIFF (Single)

interface mat when storing files

(at color/ACS modes)

<0-4>

4: PDF (Single)

User

Default setting of filing for-

ALL

(black)

SYS 0: TIFF (Multi)

1: PDF (Multi) 2: JPG

3: TIFF (Single)

interface mat when storing files

<0-4>

(at black mode)

4: PDF (Single)

User

Language displayed at

ALL

EUR: 0

UC: 0

JPN: 5

<0-6>

SYS 0: Language 1

1: Language 2

2: Language 3

3: Language 4

4: Language 5

5: Language 6

6: Language 7

interface power-ON

221

User

Language selection in UI

ALL

EUR: 0

UC: 0

JPN: 5

<0-6>

SYS 0: Language 1

1: Language 2

2: Language 3

3: Language 4

4: Language 5

5: Language 6

6: Language 7

interface data at Web power ON

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 90

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

223

Mainte- Switching of output pages/

ALL

Selects the reference to

notify the PM timing.

(The message is dis-

played on the LCD

screen.)

nance

driving counts at PM

<0-1>

0: PM counter (The

number of output

pages is set at 08-

251.)

1: PM time counter

(The timing is set at

08-375.)

224

225

Paper

feeding

Paper

feeding drawer

Paper size for bypass feed

Paper size for upper

PPC

ALL

UNDEF

SYS Press the button on the

LCD to select the size.

EUR: A4

UC: LT

JPN: A4

EUR: A3

UC: LD

JPN: A3

EUR:

A4-R

UC:

Press the button on the

LCD to select the size.

226

227

Paper

feeding drawer

Paper size for lower

ALL

Press the button on the

LCD to select the size.

Paper

feeding drawer

Paper size for PFP upper

Press the button on the

LCD to select the size.

LT-R

JPN:

A4-R

228

229

Paper

feeding drawer

Paper size for PFP lower

ALL

EUR: A4

UC: LG

JPN: B4

420/297

<182-

Press the button on the

LCD to select the size.

Paper

Paper size (A3)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

432/140-

297>

230

231

232

233

234

235

Paper

Paper size (A4-R)

ALL

297/210

<182-

432/140-

297>

210/148

<182-

432/140-

297>

364/257

<182-

432/140-

297>

257/182

<182-

432/140-

297>

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (A5-R)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (B4)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (B5-R)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (LT-R)

279/216

<182-

432/140-

297>

432/279

<182-

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (LD)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

432/140-

297>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 91

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

236

Paper

Paper size (LG)

ALL

356/216

<182-

432/140-

297>

216/140

<182-

432/140-

297>

356/257

<182-

432/140-

297>

330/210

<182-

432/140-

297>

330/216

<182-

432/140-

297>

216/216

<182-

432/140-

297>

432/279

<148-

432/105-

297>

148/100

<148-

432/100-

297>

390/270

<182-

432/140-

297>

270/195

<182-

432/140-

297>

457/305

<182-

457/140-

305>

148/100

<148-

432/100-

297>

148/100

<148-

432/100-

297>

148/100

<148-

432/100-

297>

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

237

238

239

240

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248

249

Paper

Paper size (ST-R)

ALL

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (COMPUTER)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (FOLIO)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (13”LG)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (8.5”X8.5”)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (Non-standard)

SYS

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Memory 1

SYS Registers the paper

size of bypass feed

(non-standard type) into

[MEMORY 1].

feeding Paper size (bypass feed-

ing/non-standard type)

feeding/widthwise direction

Paper size (8K)

Paper

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (16K-R)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Paper size (A3-wide)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Paper

Memory 2

SYS Registers the paper

size of bypass feed

(non-standard type) into

[MEMORY 2].

SYS Registers the paper

size of bypass feed

(non-standard type) into

[MEMORY 3].

SYS Registers the paper

size of bypass feed

(non-standard type) into

[MEMORY 4].

feeding Paper size (bypass feed-

ing/non-standard type)

feeding/widthwise direction

Memory 3

Paper

feeding Paper size (bypass feed-

ing/non-standard type)

feeding/widthwise direction

Memory 4

Paper

feeding Paper size (bypass feed-

ing/non-standard type)

feeding/widthwise direction

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 92

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

250

Mainte- Service technician tele-

nance phone number

ALL

SYS A telephone number

can be entered up to 32

digits. Use the [MONI-

TOR/PAUSE] button to

enter a hyphen(-).

<32 dig-

its>

251

Mainte- Setting value of PM

nance counter

ALL

Refer to

content

<8 digits>

e-STUDIO281c

UC, EUR:

100,000 JPN: 0

e-STUDIO351c

UC, EUR:

120,000 JPN: 0

e-STUDIO451c

UC, EUR:

150,000 JPN: 0

252

Mainte- Current value of PM

nance counter Display/0 clearing

ALL

Counts up when the

registration sensor is

ON.

<8 digits>

253

254

Mainte- Error history display

nance

ALL

SYS Displays the latest 20

errors data

Paper

LT A4/LD A3

PRT

SYS Sets whether the data is

printed on the different

but similar size paper or

not when the paper of

corresponding size is

not available.

feeding

<0-1>

0: Valid (The data is

printed on A4/A3

when LT/LD is

selected or vice

versa.)

1: Invalid (The mes-

sage to use the

selected paper size

is displayed.)

255

Paper

feeding

PFP/LCF installation

ALL

0: Automatic

1: PFP single-drawer

type installed

<0-4>

2: PFP dual-drawer

type installed

3: LCF installed

4: Not installed

256

257

Paper

feeding

Paper size setting /LCF

ALL

EUR: A4

UC: LT

JPN: A4

Press the icon on the

LCD to select the size.

Counter Counter copy

1: Electrical counter Æ

Backup counter

<1-2>

(NVRAM

SRAM)

2: Backup counter Æ

Electrical counter

(SRAM

NVRAM)

(P. 2-207)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 93

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

258

Mainte- FSMS acceptance

nance

ALL

SYS Sets whether the FSMS

connection is accepted

or not.

<0-2>

0: Prohibited

1: Accepted (serial

connection only)

2: Accepted (both

serial and USB con-

nections)

259

260

Network Storage period at trail and

private

PRT

ALL

<0-35>

SYS 0: No limits

1 to 30: 1 to 30 days

31: 1 hour

32: 2 hours

33: 4 hours

34: 8 hours

35: 12 hours

Network Web data retention period

<3 digits>

SYS When a certain period

of time has passed

without operation after

accessing TopAccess,

the data being regis-

tered is automatically

reset. This period is set

at this code.

(Unit: Minute)

263

User

Administrator's password

ALL

123456

<10 dig-

its>

The password can be

entered in alphabets

and figures (A-Z, a-z

and 0-9) within 10 dig-

its.

interface (Maximum 10 digits)

264

265

266

267

Network File retention period

ALL

<0-999>

<2-30>

SYS 0: No limits

1 to 999: 1 to 999 days

SYS 2 to 30 M bytes

Network Maximum data capacity at

E-mailing

Network Maximum data capacity at

Internet FAX

SYS 2 to 30 M bytes

Elec-

tronic

filing

Full guarantee of docu-

ments in Electronic Filing

when HDD is full

SYS Sets the file retention

level when editing the

files in the Electronic

Filing (at CutDoc/Save-

Doc command execu-

tion).

<0-1>

0: Not full retained

1: Fully retained

•

Retains the source

file until CutDoc/

SaveDoc command

is completed.

The file is not

deleted even if the

HDD has become

full during the exe-

cution of command

when “1” is set.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 94

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

268

User

Binarizing level selection

ALL

SYS 0: Step -2

1: Step -1

interface (When judging as black in

the ACS Mode)

<1-5>

2: Step 0 (center)

3: Step 1

4: Step 2

The binarizing level

of each step is set

at 08-609.

270

271

Elec-

tronic

filing

Default setting of user box

retention period

ALL

SYS Sets the data retention

period when creating a

user box.

<0-999>

0: Not deleted

1 to 999:

Retention period

(Unit: Day)

SYS Sets the percentage of

HDD partition filled

when warning notifica-

tion is sent.

General Warning notification of the

File Share and e-Filling

<0-100>

partitions are filled

0 to 100: 0 to 100%

Related code

08-288

272

273

Scanning Notification setting of E-

mail saving time limit

ALL

SYS Sets the days left the

notification of E-mail

saving time limit

appears

0 to 99: 0 to 99 days

SYS Sets the default value

for the partial size of E-

mail to be transmitted

when creating a tem-

plate.

<0-99>

Scanning Default setting of partial

size when transmitting E-

mail

<0-6>

0: Not divided

1: 64

3: 256

5: 1024

2: 128

4: 512

6: 2048 (Unit: KB)

274

FAX

Default setting of page by

page when transmitting

Internet FAX

ALL

SYS Sets the default value

for the page by page of

Internet FAX to be

transmitted when creat-

ing a template.

<0-4>

0: Not divided

1: 256

2: 512

3: 1024

4: 2048 (Unit: KB)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 95

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

276

User

Default setting of density

SCN

(black)

SYS 0: Automatic density

1: Step -5

interface adjustment (Black)

<0-11>

2: Step -4

3: Step -3

4: Step -2

5: Step -1

6: Step 0 (center)

7: Step +1

8: Step +2

9: Step +3

10: Step +4

11: Step +5

(1 to 11: Manual den-

sity)

277

278

User

Default setting of back-

SCN

(color)

SYS 1: Step -2

2: Step -1

interface ground adjustment

(Full Color)

<1-5>

3: Step 0 (center)

4: Step +1

5: Step +2

User

interface mode

Default setting of color

SCN

SYS 0: Black

1: Gray Scale

2: Unused

<0-4>

3: Full Color

4: Auto Color

279

280

User

Default setting of resolution

SCN

(color)

SYS 0: 100 dpi

1: 150 dpi

2: 200 dpi

3: 300dpi

SYS 0: 100 dpi

1: 150 dpi

interface (Full Color)

<0-3>

User

Default setting of resolution

SCN

(black)

interface (Gray Scale)

<0-4>

2: 200 dpi

3: 300dpi

4: 400 dpi

281

User

interface (Black)

Default setting of resolution

SCN

(black)

SYS 0: 150 dpi

1: 200 dpi

<0-4>

2: 300 dpi

3: 400dpi

4: 600 dpi

282

283

284

285

User

Default setting of original

SCN

(color)

SYS 0: Text

1: Photo

interface mode (Full Color)

<0-2>

2: Printed Image

User

Default setting of original

SCN

(black)

SYS 0: Text

1: Text/Photo

2: Photo

SYS 0: Single

1: Book

2: Tablet

SYS 0: 0 degree

1: 90 degrees

interface mode (Black)

<0-2>

User

interface mode

Default setting of scanning

SCN

<0-2>

User

interface mode

Default setting of rotation

<0-3>

2: 180 degrees

3: 270 degrees

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 96

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

286

User

Default setting of original

ALL

SYS 0: Automatic

interface paper size

<0-22>

1: A3

3: LD

2: A4

4: LT

5: A4-R 6: A5-R

7: LT-R

9: B4

8: LG

10: B5

11: ST-R 12: COMP

13: B5-R 14: FOLIO

15: 13"LG 16: 8.5"x 8.5"

18: A6-R

19: Size mixed

20: 8K

21: 16K

22: 16K-R

288

289

General Searching interval of delet-

ing expired files and check-

ing capacity of HDD

ALL

<1-24>

SYS Sets the search inter-

val of deleting expired

files and checking

capacity of HDD parti-

tions.

partitions

(Unit: Hour)

Related code

08-271

User

Default setting of back-

SYS 1: Step -2

2: Step -1

interface ground adjustment

(Gray Scale)

<1-5>

3: Step 0 (center)

4: Step +1

5: Step +2

290

291

Network Raw printing job (Duplex)

PRT

SYS 0: Valid

1: Invalid

SYS 0: LD

<0-1>

EUR: 6

UC: 2

JPN: 6

<0 -13>

Network Raw printing job

(Paper size)

1: LG

3: COMP

5: A3

2: LT

4: ST

6: A4

7: A5

8: A6

9: B4

10: B5

11: FOLIO

12: 13 "LG

13: 8.5" x 8.5"

292

Network Raw printing job

(Paper type)

PRT

SYS 0: Plain paper

1: Thick paper 1

2: Thick paper 2

3: Thick paper 3

4: OHP film

<0-5>

5: Tab paper

293

294

295

Network Raw printing job

(Paper direction)

Network Raw printing job (Staple)

PRT

SYS 0: Portrait

1: Landscape

SYS 0: Valid

1: Invalid

SYS 0: Inner tray

1: Finisher tray 1

2: Finisher tray 2

3: Unused

<0-1>

Network Raw printing job (Exit tray)

<0-6>

4: Unused

5: Unused

6: Unused

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 97

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

296

Network Raw printing job

(Number of form lines)

PRT

1200

<500-

12800>

SYS Sets the number of

form lines from 5 to

128. (A hundredfold of

the number of form

lines is defined as the

setting value.)

297

298

Network Raw printing job

(PCL font pitch)

PRT

1000

<44-

9999>

SYS Sets the font pitch from

0.44 to 99.99. (A hun-

dredfold of the font

pitch is defined as the

setting value.)

SYS Sets the font size from

4 to 999.75.

Network Raw printing job

(PCL font size)

1200

<400-

99975>

(A hundredfold of the

font size is defined as

the setting value.)

299

300

Network Raw printing job

(PCL font number)

PRT

PPC

SYS Sets the PCL font num-

ber.

SYS 0: 999 1: 99 2: 9

<0-79>

User

Maximum number of copy

interface volume (MAX9)

<0-2>

301-0

301-1

301-2

301-3

301-4

301-5

301-6

301-7

301-8

301-9

301-10

301-11

301-12

301-13

301-14

301-15

301-16

302

Counter Number of

output pages

at Full Color

Mode in

SYS Counts the output

pages at the Full Color

Mode in the Copier

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of largesized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(color) <8 digits>

Copier Func-

tion

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

User

Original counter display

PPC

EUR: 2

UC: 0

JPN: 0

<0, 2, 4>

SYS Sets whether the origi-

nal counter is dis-

played or not.

interface

0: Not displayed

2: Displayed

4: Displayed (Double-

sized original is

counted as 2.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 98

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

303-0

303-1

303-2

303-3

303-4

303-5

303-6

303-7

303-8

303-9

303-10

303-11

303-12

303-13

303-14

303-15

303-16

304-0

304-1

304-2

304-3

304-4

304-5

304-6

304-7

304-8

304-9

304-10

304-11

304-12

304-13

304-14

304-15

304-16

Counter Number of

PRT

SYS Counts the output

pages at the Full Color

Mode in the Printer

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of largesized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

output pages

at Full Color

Mode in

Printer Func-

tion

(color) <8 digits>

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

Counter Number of

output pages

at Twin Color

Mode in

PPC

SYS Counts the output

pages at the Twin Color

Mode in the Copier

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of largesized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(color) <8 digits>

Copier Func-

tion

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 99

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

305-0

305-1

305-2

305-3

305-4

305-5

305-6

305-7

305-8

305-9

305-10

305-11

305-12

305-13

305-14

305-15

305-16

306-0

306-1

306-2

306-3

306-4

306-5

306-6

306-7

306-8

306-9

306-10

306-11

306-12

306-13

306-14

306-15

306-16

Counter Number of

PPC

SYS Counts the output

pages at the Black

Mode in the Copier

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of large-sized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

output pages

at Black Mode

in Copier

(black) <8 digits>

Function

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

FOLIO

Counter Number of

output pages

at Black Mode

in Printer

PRT

SYS Counts the output

pages at the Black

Mode in the Printer

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of large-sized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(black) <8 digits>

Function

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 100

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

307-0

307-1

307-2

307-3

307-4

307-5

307-6

307-7

307-8

307-9

307-10

307-11

307-12

307-13

307-14

307-15

307-16

308-0

308-1

308-2

308-3

308-4

308-5

308-6

308-7

308-8

308-9

308-10

308-11

308-12

308-13

308-14

308-15

308-16

Counter Number of

PRT

SYS Counts the output

pages at the List Print

Mode for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of large-sized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

largesized paper (08-

353).

output pages

at List Print

Mode

(black) <8 digits>

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

FOLIO

Counter Number of

output pages

in FAX Func-

tion

FAX

SYS Counts the output

pages in the FAX Func-

tion for each paper size

according to the setting

for the count setting of

large-sized paper (08-

352) and the definition

setting of large-sized

paper (08-353).

<8 digits>

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 101

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

309-0

309-1

309-2

309-3

309-4

309-5

309-6

309-7

309-8

309-9

309-10

309-11

309-12

309-13

309-14

309-15

309-16

310-0

310-1

310-2

310-3

310-4

310-5

310-6

310-7

310-8

310-9

310-10

310-11

310-12

310-13

310-14

310-15

310-16

Counter Number of

scanning

PPC

SYS Counts the scanning

pages at the Full Color

Mode in the Copier

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of large-sized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(color) <8 digits>

pages at Full

Color Mode in

Copier Func-

tion

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

Counter Number of

scanning

SCN

SYS Counts the scanning

pages at the Full Color

Mode in the Scanning

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of large-sized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(color) <8 digits>

pages at Full

Color Mode in

Scanning

Function

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 102

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

311-0

311-1

311-2

311-3

311-4

311-5

311-6

311-7

311-8

Counter Number of

scanning

PPC

SYS Counts the scanning

pages at the Twin Color

Mode in the Copier

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of large-sized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(color) <8 digits>

pages at Twin

Color Mode in

Copier Func-

tion

FOLIO

311-9

311-10

311-11

311-12

311-13

311-14

311-15

311-16

312-0

312-1

312-2

312-3

312-4

312-5

312-6

312-7

312-8

312-9

312-10

312-11

312-12

312-13

312-14

312-15

312-16

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Counter Number of

scanning

PPC

SYS Counts the scanning

pages at the Black

Mode in the Copier

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of largesized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(black) <8 digits>

pages at

Black Mode in

Copier Func-

tion

Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 103

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

313-0

313-1

313-2

313-3

313-4

313-5

313-6

313-7

313-8

313-9

313-10

313-11

313-12

313-13

313-14

313-15

313-16

314-0

314-1

314-2

314-3

314-4

314-5

314-6

314-7

314-8

314-9

314-10

314-11

314-12

314-13

314-14

314-15

314-16

Counter Number of

scanning

FOLIO

SCN

SYS Counts the scanning

pages at the Black

Mode in the Scanning

Function for each paper

size according to the

setting for the count

setting of largesized

paper (08-352) and the

definition setting of

large-sized paper (08-

353).

(black) <8 digits>

pages in

Scanning

Function

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

Counter Number of

scanning

FAX

SYS Counts the scanning

pages in the FAX Func-

tion for each paper size

according to the setting

for the count setting of

large-sized paper (08-

352) and the definition

setting of largesized

<8 digits>

pages in FAX

Function

FOLIO

paper (08-353).

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 104

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

315-0

315-1

315-2

315-3

315-4

315-5

315-6

315-7

315-8

315-9

315-10

315-11

315-12

315-13

315-14

315-15

315-16

316-0

316-1

316-2

316-3

316-4

316-5

316-6

316-7

316-8

316-9

316-10

316-11

316-12

316-13

316-14

316-15

316-16

Counter Number of

FOLIO

FAX

SYS Counts the transmitted

pages in the FAX Func-

tion for each paper size

according to the setting

for the count setting of

large-sized paper (08-

352) and the definition

setting of largesized

transmitted

pages in FAX

Function

<8 digits>

paper (08-353).

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Others

FOLIO

COMP

13”LG

8.5” x 8.5”

16K

Counter Number of

received

FAX

SYS Counts the received

pages in the FAX Func-

tion for each paper size

according to the setting

for the count setting of

large-sized paper (08-

352) and the definition

setting of largesized

<8 digits>

pages in FAX

Function

paper (08-353).

Others

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 105

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

317-0

317-1

317-2

Counter Display of

number of

Counter

Large

Small

Total

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages at the Full

SYS

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

output pages

at Full Color

Mode in

Copier Func-

tion

Color Mode in the

Copier Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

318-0

318-1

318-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

PRT

(color) <8 digits>

PRT

(color) <8 digits>

PRT

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages at the Full

output pages

at Full Color

Mode in

Color Mode in the

Printer Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Counter

SYS

Printer Func-

tion

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

319-0

319-1

319-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages at the

output pages

at Twin Color

Mode in

Twin Color Mode in the

Copier Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Counter

SYS

Copier Func-

tion

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 106

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

320-0

320-1

320-2

Counter Display of

number of

Counter

Large

Small

Total

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages at the

SYS

(black) <8 digits>

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

output pages

at Black Mode

in Copier

Black Mode in the

Copier Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Function

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

321-0

321-1

321-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages at the

output pages

at Black Mode

in Printer

Black Mode in the

Printer Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Counter

SYS

Function

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

322-0

322-1

322-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages at the List

output pages

at List Print

Mode

Print Mode Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 107

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

FAX

able

value>

323-0

323-1

323-2

Counter Display of

number of

Counter

Large

Small

Total

SYS Counts the number of

output pages in the FAX

SYS

<8 digits>

output pages

in FAX Func-

tion

Function according to

its size (large/small).

Large:

<8 digits>

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

<8 digits>

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

324-0

324-1

324-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

scanning pages at the

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

scanning

Full Color Mode in the

Copier Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

pages at Full

Color Mode in

Copier Func-

tion

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

325-0

325-1

325-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

SCN

(color) <8 digits>

SCN

(color) <8 digits>

SCN

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

scanning pages at the

scanning

Full Color Mode in the

Scanning Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

pages at Full

Color Mode in

Scanning

Counter

SYS

Function

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 108

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

326-0

326-1

326-2

Counter Display of

number of

Counter

Large

Small

Total

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

scanning pages at the

SYS

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

scanning

Twin Color Mode in the

Copier Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

pages at Twin

Color Mode in

Copier Func-

tion

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

327-0

327-1

327-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

scanning pages at the

scanning

pages at

Black Mode in the

Copier Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Black Mode in

Copier Func-

tion

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

328-0

328-1

328-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

FAX

SYS Counts the number of

scanning pages in the

<8 digits>

scanning

pages in FAX

Function

FAX Function according

to its size (large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

<8 digits>

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

<8 digits>

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 109

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

329-0

329-1

329-2

Counter Display of

number of

Counter

Large

Small

Total

SCN

SYS Counts the number of

scanning pages in the

SYS

(black) <8 digits>

SCN

(black) <8 digits>

SCN

(black) <8 digits>

scanning

pages in

Scanning

Function

Scanning Function

according to its size

(large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

330-0

330-1

330-2

Counter Display of

number of

Large

Small

Total

FAX

SYS Counts the number of

transmitted pages in the

<8 digits>

transmitted

pages in FAX

Function

FAX Function according

to its size (large/small).

Large:

Counter

SYS

<8 digits>

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

<8 digits>

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

331

User

interface

Default setting of screen

ALL

SYS Sets the screen to be

displayed after the

auto-clear time has

passed or it has recov-

ered from the energy

saving mode or sleep

mode.

<0-6>

0: Copier 1: Fax

2: Scan 3: Box

4: Job Status

5: Template

6: Custom

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 110

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

FAX

able

value>

332-0

332-1

332-2

Counter Display of

number of

Counter

Large

Small

Total

SYS Counts the number of

received pages in the

SYS

<8 digits>

received

FAX Function according

to its size (large/small).

Large:

pages in FAX

<8 digits>

Function

Counter

SYS

Number of output

pages of large-sized

paper defined at 08-

353

<8 digits>

Small:

Number of output

pages other than

set as large-sized

paper

Total:

Total number out-

put pages of all

paper sizes.

333-0

333-1

333-2

334-0

334-1

334-2

335-0

335-1

335-2

342

Counter Display of

total number

Large

Small

Total

ALL

SYS Displays the total num-

ber of pages at Full

(color) <8 digits>

ALL

(color) <8 digits>

ALL

(color) <8 digits>

ALL

(color) <8 digits>

ALL

(color) <8 digits>

ALL

(color) <8 digits>

ALL

(black) <8 digits>

ALL

(black) <8 digits>

ALL

(black) <8 digits>

of pages at

Full Color

Mode

Color Mode in the

Copier/Printer/Scan-

ning Functions.

Counter

SYS

Counter

SYS

Counter Display of

total number

Large

Small

Total

SYS Displays the total num-

ber of pages at Twin

of pages at

Twin Color

Mode

Color Mode in the

Copier Function.

Counter

SYS

Counter

SYS

Counter Display of

total number

Large

Small

Total

SYS Displays the total num-

ber of pages at Black

of pages at

Black Mode

Mode in the Copier/

Printer/Scanning/FAX

Functions.

Counter

User

SYS

Displaying number of

PPC

SYS This setting is whether

the number of pages of

originals placed on the

original glass is dis-

played or not.

interface original pages placed on

original glass

<0-1>

0: Not displayed

1: Displayed

343

User

interface

Black-free function

ALL

SYS 0: Disabled

1: Enabled

<0-1>

When "1" (enabled) is

set at this code, "1"

(black) is automatically

set at the code 08-588.

344

346

347

Counter Count setting of tab paper

(PM)

Counter Count setting of large-

sized paper (PM)

Counter Definition setting of large-

sized paper (PM)

ALL

0: Counted as 1

1: Counted as 2

0: Counted as 1

1: Counted as 2

0: A3/LD

1: A3/LD/B4/LG/

<0-1>

FOLIO/COMP

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 111

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

348

349

352

Counter Count setting of thick paper

(PM)

Counter Count setting of OHP film

(PM)

Counter Count setting of large-

sized paper (Fee charging

system counter)

0: Counted as 1

1: Counted as 2

0: Counted as 1

1: Counted as 2

0: Counted as 1

1: Counted as 2

2: Counted as 1

(Mechanicalcounter

is double counter)

<0-1>

JPN: 0

OTHER:

<0-2>

353

356

357

358

Counter Definition setting of large-

sized paper (Fee charging

system counter)

Counter Counter for upper drawer

feeding

ALL

0: A3/LD

1: A3/LD/B4/LG/

FOLIO/COMP/8k

Counts the number of

sheets fed from upper

drawer

Counts the number of

sheets fed from lower

drawer

Counts the number of

sheets fed from bypass

feed

Counts the number of

sheets fed from LCF

Counts the number of

sheets fed from PFP

upper drawer

<0-1>

<8 digits>

Counter Counter for lower drawer

feeding

<8 digits>

Counter Counter for bypass feeding

Counter Counter for LCF feeding

<8 digits>

359

360

ALL

<8 digits>

Counter Counter for PFP upper

drawer feeding

<8 digits>

370

372

Counter Counter for PFP lower

drawer feeding

ALL

Counts the number of

sheets fed from PFP

lower drawer

Counts the number of

output pages of duplex

printing.

<8 digits>

Counter Counter for ADU

<8 digits>

374

375

Counter Counter for RADF

ALL

SYS Counts the number of

originals fed from RADF

<8 digits>

Refer to

content

Mainte- Setting value of PM time

e-STUDIO281c

JPN:0

nance

counter display/0 clearing

<8 digits>

UC, EUR: 315,000

e-STUDIO351c

JPN:0

UC, EUR: 315,000

e-STUDIO451c

JPN: 0

UC, EUR: 315,000

376

381

Mainte- Current value of PM time

nance counter

Counter Setting for counter installed

externally

ALL

Counts the drum driving

time (main motor ON).

Selects the job to count

up for the external

counter.

<8 digits>

<0-7>

0: Not selected

1: Copier

2: FAX

3: Copier/FAX

4: Printer

5: Copier/Printer

6: Printer/FAX

7: Copier/Printer/FAX

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 112

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

PPC

FAX

SCN

PRT

ALL

able

value>

390

391

392

393

398

Counter Number of errors in HDD

(Copying)

Counter Number of errors in HDD

(FAX)

Counter Number of errors in HDD

(Scanning)

Counter Number of errors in HDD

(Printer)

SYS The number of error is

reset at HDD format-

<8 digits>

ting.

SYS

<8 digits>

Laser

Number of polygonal motor

rotational speed switching

Counts the number of

time the polygonal

motor has switched its

rotational speed

<8 digits>

between normal rota-

tion and standby rota-

tion

399

400

Laser

Fuser

Accumulated time of polyg-

onal motor at normal rota-

tion

ALL

Accumulates the time

the polygonal motor has

rotated at normal rota-

tion.

0: No error

1: C411 2: C412

3: C433 4: -

<8 digits>

Fuser unit error status

counter

<0-29>

5: C445 6: C446

7: C447 8: -

9: C449 10: C475

11: C471 12: C472

13: -

14: -

15: C480 16: -

17: C490 18: -

19: C449 20: -

21: C449 22: C449

23: C449 24: C447

25: C449 26: -

27: C449 28: -

29: C449

409

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature at

a energy saver mode

(Center thermistor)

ALL

<0-16>

0: OFF 1: 40°C

2: 45°C 3: 50°C

4: 55°C 5: 60°C

6: 65°C 7: 70°C

8: 75°C 9: 80°C

10: 85°C 11: 90°C

12: 95°C 13: 100°C

14: 105°C 15: 110°C

16:115°C

410-0

410-1

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature

during printing (Center

thermistor/Plain paper)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: 180°C 13: 185°C

14: 190°C 15: 195°C

16: 200°C

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 113

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

411

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature on

standby (Center ther-

mistor)

ALL

<0-16>

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: 180°C 13: 185°C

14: 190°C 15: 195°C

16: 200°C

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: 180°C 13: 185°C

14: 190°C 15: 195°C

16: 200°C

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: 180°C 13: 185°C

14: 190°C 15: 195°C

16: 200°C

412-0

412-1

Fuser roller temperature

during printing

(Center thermistor/Thick

paper 3)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

413-0

413-1

Fuser roller temperature

during printing

(Center thermistor/Thick

paper 1)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

415-0

Fuser

Period of time retaining

print-start temperature

(Thick paper 3)

ALL

(black)

0: Invalid 1: 1 sec.

2: 2 sec 3: 3 sec

4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.

6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.

8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec.

10: 10 sec.

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: Invalid

<0-10>

415-1

416

ALL

(color)

<0-10>

Temperature setting to

start solving abnormality

(Center/Side thermistor/

Thick paper 3)

ALL

<0-12>

417-0

417-1

Fuser

Pre-running time for first

printing (Thick paper 3)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

0: Invalid

2: 2 sec.

4: 4 sec.

6: 6 sec.

8: 8 sec.

10: 12 sec. 11: 14 sec.

12: 16 sec. 13: 18 sec.

14: 20 sec. 15: 25 sec.

16: 30 sec.

1: 0 sec.

3: 3 sec.

5: 5 sec.

7: 7 sec.

9: 10 sec.

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

422

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature

setting at the end of pre-

running during warming-up

ALL

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: 180°C 13: 185°C

14: 190°C 15: 195°C

16: 200°C

<0-16>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 114

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

428-0

Fuser

Period of time retaining

print-start temperature

(Thick paper 2)

0: Invalid

1: 1 sec.

3: 3 sec.

5: 5 sec.

7: 7 sec.

9: 9 sec.

ALL

(black)

<0-10>

2: 2 sec.

4: 4 sec.

6: 6 sec.

8: 8 sec.

10: 10 sec.

428-1

ALL

(color)

<0-10>

430

431

Fuser

Transport motor speed

deceleration (OHP film)

Transport motor speed

deceleration

ALL

(color)

Sets deceleration ratio

of paper transport

speed.

<0-3>

ALL

(color)

0: 1/1

2: 1/3

1: 1/2

3: 1/4

(Thick paper 2)

432

436

Transport motor speed

deceleration

(Thick paper 3)

Temperature setting to

start solving abnormal-

ity(Center/Side thermistor/

Thick paper2)

ALL

(color)

<0-3>

Fuser

ALL

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: Invalid

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: 180°C 13: 185°C

14: 190°C 15: 195°C

16: 200°C

<0-12>

437-0

437-1

Fuser roller temperature

during printing

(Center thermistor /Thick

paper 2)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

438-0

438-1

Fuser

Fuser roller temperature

during printing (Center

thermistor/OHP film)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

0: 120°C 1: 125°C

2: 130°C 3: 135°C

4: 140°C 5: 145°C

6: 150°C 7: 155°C

8: 160°C 9: 165°C

10: 170°C 11: 175°C

12: 180°C 13: 185°C

14: 190°C 15: 195°C

16: 200°C

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

439-0

439-1

Fuser

Pre-running time for first

printing (Thick paper 2)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.

2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.

4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.

6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.

8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.

10: 12 sec.

11: 14 sec.

12: 16 sec.

13: 18 sec.

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

14: 20 sec.

15: 25 sec.

16: 30 sec.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 115

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

440-0

Fuser

Paper

Pre-running time for first

printing

(Plain paper/Low tempera-

ture environment)

ALL

(black)

<0-16>

0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.

2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.

4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.

6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.

8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.

10: 12 sec.

11: 14 sec.

12: 16 sec.

13: 18 sec.

14: 20 sec.

440-1

441-0

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

15: 25 sec.

16: 30 sec.

Pre-running time for first

printing (Thick paper 1)

ALL

(black)

0: Invalid 1: 0 sec.

2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec.

4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec.

6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec.

8: 8 sec. 9: 10 sec.

10: 12 sec.

11: 14 sec.

12: 16 sec.

13: 18 sec.

14: 20 sec.

15: 25 sec.

16: 30 sec.

0: Enabled

1: Disabled

0: 0°C 1: 5°C

2: 9°C 3: 10°C

4: 12°C 5: 14°C

6: 15°C 7: 16°C

8: 17°C 9: 18°C

10: 19°C 11: 20°C

<0-16>

441-1

ALL

(color)

<0-16>

449

458

Switching for incorrect

ALL

feeding paper size jam detection

Fuser

<0-1>

<0-11>

Threshold for warming-up

temperature(Low-tempera-

ture environment)

459

Fuser

Warming-up time(Low-tem-

perature environment)

ALL

0: No warming-up

<0-11>

1: 30 sec.

3: 50 sec.

5: 70 sec.

7: 90 sec.

8: 100 sec.

9: 120 sec.

10: 180 sec.

11: 300 sec.

2: 40 sec.

4: 60 sec.

6: 80 sec.

460

461

Fuser

Threshold of temperature

for pre-running time for first

printing(Low-temperature

environment)

ALL

0: 0°C 1: 5°C

2: 9°C 3: 10°C

4: 12°C 5: 14°C

6: 15°C 7: 16°C

8: 17°C 9: 18°C

10: 19°C 11: 20°C

0: Invalid (always)

1: 0 min. 2: 0.5 min.

3: 1 min. 4: 2 min.

5: 3 min. 6: 5 min.

7: 7 min. 8: 10 min.

9: 15 min. 10: 30 min.

11: 60 min.

<0-11>

Pre-running time for first

printing(Plain paper/Low-

temperature environment)

<0-11>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 116

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

462

RADF

Setting for switchback

operation in mixed-size

copying using RADF

ALL

SYS This setting is whether

the original length is

detected or not by

transporting without

scanning in reverse

when A4-R/FOLIO

paper or LT-R/LG paper

is detected in a mixed-

size copying.

<0-2>

0: Disabled -

AMS:

A series - Judges as

A4-R without trans-

porting in reverse

with no scanning.

LT series - Judges

whether it is LT-R or

LG by its length

without transporting

in reverse with no

scanning.

APS:

A series - Judges

whether it is A4-R or

FOLIO without

transporting in

reverse with no

scanning.

LT series - Judges

whether it is LT-R or

LG without trans-

porting in reverse

with no scanning.

1: Enable 1

AMS:

A series - Judges

whether it is A4-R or

FOLIO by transport-

ing without scanning

in reverse to detect

its length.

LT series - Judges

whether it is LT-R or

LG by transporting

without scanning in

reverse to detect its

length.

APS:

The same as that of

APS in 0: Disabled.

2: Enable 2

AMS/APS:

The same as that of

AMS in 1: Enable 1.

463-0

463-1

Paper

feeding number set-

ting (upper

Feeding retry Plain

ALL

Sets the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the upper

drawer.

paper

<0-5>

Others

drawer)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 117

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

464-0

464-1

465-0

465-1

466-0

466-1

467-0

467-1

468-0

468-1

470

Paper

feeding number set-

ting (lower

Feeding retry Plain

Sets the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the lower

drawer.

paper

Others

<0-5>

drawer)

Paper

feeding number set-

Feeding retry Plain

Sets the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the PFP

upper drawer.

paper

ting (PFP

Others

upper drawer)

Paper

feeding number set-

Feeding retry Plain

Sets the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the PFP

lower drawer.

paper

ting (PFP

Others

lower drawer)

Paper

Feeding retry Plain

Sets the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the bypass

tray.

feeding number set-

ting (bypass

feed)

paper

Others

Paper

feeding number set-

ting (LCF)

Feeding retry Plain

Sets the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the LCF.

paper

Others

<0-5>

457/305

<148-

Paper

Paper size (305x457 mm)

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

457/105-

305>

471

478

Paper

Paper size (Post card)

ALL

148/100

<148-

432/100-

297>

Post card is sup-

ported only for JPN

model.

feeding feeding/widthwise direction

Laser

Judged number of polygo-

nal motor rotation error

(Normal rotation)

Displays the error

[CA10] when the set

number of rotation error

has been detected.

0: 2 times

<0-1>

1: 12 times

479

480

Judged number of polygo-

nal motor rotation error (At

acceleration/deceleration)

ALL

0: Waiting time for

polygonal motor

rotation overshoot-

ing 0.6 sec.

1: Waiting time for

polygonal motor

rotation overshoot-

ing 2.2 sec.

<0-1>

Paper

feeding source

Default setting of paper

PPC

SYS 0: A4/LT

1: LCF

<0-5>

2: Upper drawer

3: Lower drawer

4: PFP upper drawer

5: PFP lower drawer

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 118

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

481

Paper

feeding source

Automatic change of paper

PPC

SYS Sets whether or not

changing the drawer

automatically to the

other drawer with the

paper of the same size

when paper in the

selected drawer has run

out.

<0-2>

0: OFF

1: ON (Changes to the

drawer with the

same paper direc-

tion and size: ex. A4

to A4)

2: ON (Changes to the

drawer with the

same paper size.

Paper with the dif-

ferent direction is

acceptable as long

as the size is the

same: ex., A4 to A4-

R, LT-R to LT. “1” is

applied when the

staple/holepunch is

specified.)

482

483

Paper

feeding

Laser

Feeding retry setting

ALL

0: ON

1: OFF

<0-1>

<0-2>

Pre-running rotation of

polygonal motor

SYS Sets whether or not

switching the polygonal

motor from the standby

rotation to the normal

rotation when the origi-

nal is set on the RADF

or the platen cover is

opened.

0: Valid (when using

RADF and the origi-

nal is set manually)

1: Invalid

2: Valid (when using

RADF only)

484

485

Laser

Polygonal motor rotational

status switching at the Auto

Clear Mode

ALL

SYS Sets whether or not

switching the polygonal

motor from the normal

rotation to the standby

rotation at the Auto

Clear Mode.

0: Valid

1: Invalid

SYS Sets the rotational sta-

tus of polygonal motor

on standby.

<0-1>

Rotational status of polygo-

nal motor on standby

<0-1>

0: Rotated (The rota-

tional speed is set at

08-490.)

1: Stopped

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 119

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

486

Laser

Timing of auto-clearing of

polygonal motor pre-run-

ning rotation

ALL

SYS Switches the polygonal

motor to the standby

rotation when a certain

period of time has

passed from the pre-

running. At this code,

the period to switch the

status to the standby

rotation is set.

<0-2>

0: 15 sec.

1: 30 sec.

2: 45 sec.

This setting is effec-

tive when “0” or “2”

is set at 08-483.

487

Transfer Selection of performing the

2nd transfer roller cleaning

(Bypass feed)

ALL

0: Performs only at no

paper size is desig-

nated

<0-1>

1: Performsregardless

of designation of

paper size

488

489

Laser

Setting of polygonal motor

type

ALL

Set the type of polygo-

nal motor.

2: 2 clock type

3: 3 clock type

0: 38090.55rpm

1: 35000rpm

2: 30000rpm

3: 25000rpm

4: 20000rpm

5: 10000rpm

<2-3>

Polygonal motor rotation

number on standby

<0-5>

490

497

Laser

Polygonal motor rotation in

the energy saving mode

ALL

0: Stopped

1: 10000rpm.

Sets the speed for color

printing.

<0-1>

General Speed switching for color

printing

ALL

(color)

0: 11 pages/minute

1: 6 pages/minute

502

Image

Error diffusion and dither

setting at photo mode

PPC

(black)

SYS Sets the image repro-

duction method at

photo mode.

<0-1>

0: Error diffusion

1: Dither

503

511

User

Default setting of density

PPC

(black)

ALL

SYS 0: Automatic

1: Manual (Center)

interface adjustment

Main

charger cleaning setting

Fuser

<0-1>

Main charger wire auto-

0: Invalid

1: Valid

526-0

526-1

Pre-running time for first

printing

(OHP film)

ALL

(black)

ALL

(color)

0: Invalid

2: 2 sec.

4: 4 sec.

6: 6 sec.

8: 8 sec.

10: 12 sec.

11: 14 sec.

12: 16 sec.

13: 18 sec.

14: 20 sec.

15: 25 sec.

16: 30 sec.

1: 0 sec.

3: 3 sec.

5: 5 sec.

7: 7 sec.

9: 10 sec.

<0-16>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 120

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

544

Image

Environment correction

ALL

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the 2nd transfer

roller bias depending on

the environment.

0: Invalid

control control of 2nd transfer

roller bias

<0-1>

1: Valid

545

546

Image

Transfer belt life correction

ALL

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the 2nd transfer

roller bias depending on

the transfer belt life.

0: Invalid

control of 2nd transfer roller bias

<0-1>

1: Valid

Image

2nd transfer roller life cor-

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the 2nd transfer

roller bias depending on

the 2nd transfer roller

life.

control rection of 2nd transfer

roller bias

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

548

549

Transfer Setting of 2nd transfer

roller bias table (for each

destination/paper thick-

ness)

ALL

EUR:0

UC:1

JPN:2

<0-2>

0:80 g/m2 (21.3 lb.)/

EUR

1: 75 g/m2 (20 lb.)/UC

2: 64 g/m2 (17.1 lb.)/

JPN

Sets whether or not

performing the open-

loop control 1.The

open-loop control 1 is

performed in advance

of the closed-loop con-

trol.

Image

Image quality control/open-

control loop control 1

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

550

551

Image

Default setting of Original

mode

PPC

(black)

SYS 0: Text/Photo

1: Photo

<0-3>

2: Text

3: Gray Scale

Image quality control/open-

ALL

Sets whether or not

performing the open-

loop control 2.The

open-loop control 2 is

performed before or

during printing.

control loop control 2

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

552

Image

control

Drum life correction control

ALL

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the drum volt-

age depending on the

drum life in open-loop

control.

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 121

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

553

Image

control tion control

Drum temperature correc-

ALL

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the drum volt-

age depending on the

drum surface tempera-

ture in open-loop con-

trol.

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

554

555

Image

Image quality open-loop

ALL

Sets whether or not

deciding the initial value

of contrast voltage in

open-loop control.

0: Invalid

control control/Contrast voltage

initial value

<0-1>

1: Valid

Image

Drum life correction of

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the laser power

depending on the drum

life when the laser

power initial value is set

in open-loop control.

0: Invalid

control laser power initial value

<0-1>

1: Valid

556

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the contrast volt-

age in closed-loop

control.

control control/Contrast voltage

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

557

558

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

Sets whether or not cor-

recting the laser power

in closed-loop control.

0: Invalid

control control/Laser power

<0-1>

1: Valid

Image

Contrast voltage/Correc-

Sets whether or not

switching the correc-

tion amount once at

contrast voltage correc-

tion depending on the

environment.

control tion gain environment set-

ting

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

559

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets whether perform-

ing closed-loop control

automatically at power-

ON when the fuser

roller temperature

becomes below the

specified level.

control control automatic start-up/

At power-ON

<0-2>

0: Invalid

1: Valid (at mode 1)

2: Valid (at mode 2)

560

Imagel Process switching for

image smoothing (Text/

Photo)

PPC

(black)

Sets whether or not

performing a smooth-

ing process (primary

scanning direction,

2,400 dpi or equiva-

lent).

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 122

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

561

Image

Process switching for

image smoothing (Photo)

PPC

(black)

Sets whether or not

performing a smooth-

ing process (primary

scanning direction,

2,400 dpi or equiva-

lent).

<0-1>

562

565

Process switching for

image smoothing (Text)

PPC

(black)

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets whether or not

performing closed-loop

control automatically

when the relative

humidity becomes

below the specified

level from the previous

control.

control control automatic start-up/

Relative humidity variation

<0-2>

0: Invalid

1: Valid (at mode 1)

2: Valid (at mode 2)

566

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets whether or not

performing closed-loop

control automatically

when the equipment

has not been used for a

specified period of time.

0: Invalid

control control automatic start-up/

Period of time unattended

<0-2>

1: Valid (at mode 1)

2: Valid (at mode 2)

567

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets whether or not

performing closed-loop

control automatically

when the specified

number of sheets has

been printed out from

the previous control.

0: Invalid

control control automatic start-up/

Accumulated print volume

<0-2>

1: Valid (at mode 1)

2: Valid (at mode 2)

568

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets whether or not

performing closed-loop

control automatically

when recovered from

“Toner empty”.

control control automatic start-up/

When recovered from

<0-2>

“Toner empty”

0: Invalid

1: Valid (at mode 1)

2: Valid (at mode 2)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 123

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

569

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets the fuser roller

temperature to perform

closed-loop control

when “1” or “2” (valid) is

set in 08-559.

control control automatic start-up/

Temperature setting of

<0-20>

fuser roller at power-ON

0: 20°C 1: 25°C

2: 30°C 3: 35°C

4: 40°C 5: 45°C

6: 50°C 7: 55°C

8: 60°C 9: 65°C

10: 70°C 11: 75°C

12: 80°C 13: 85°C

14: 90°C 15: 95°C

16: 100°C 17: 105°C

18: 110°C 19: 115°C

20: 120°C

570

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets the relative humid-

ity difference to per-

form the closed-loop

control when “1” or “2”

(valid) is set in 08-565.

control control automatic start-up/

Relative humidity differ-

ence setting

<0-6>

0: 0%

1: 5%

3: 15%

5: 25%

2: 10%

4: 20%

6: 30%

571

572

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

Sets the period of time

unattended to perform

closed-loop control

when “1” or “2” (valid) is

set in 08-566.

control control automatic start-up/

Setting of period of time

unattended

<0-24>

Setting value x 1 (hour)

Image

Image quality closed-loop

ALL

(color)

<0-30>

Sets the number of

accumulated print vol-

ume to perform closed-

loop control when “1” or

“2” (valid) is set in 08-

567.

control control automatic start-up/

Setting of accumulated

print volume

Setting value x 100

(pages)

573

574

575

576

Image

control count (Y)

Display/0 clearing

Abnormality detection

ALL

Counts the abnormality

detection of image qual-

ity control. Accumulat-

ing total of [CE10],

<0-16>

[CE20] and [CE40]

Image

control count (M)

Display/0 clearing

Abnormality detection

Counts the abnormality

detection of image qual-

ity control. Accumulat-

ing total of [CE10],

<0-16>

[CE20] and [CE40]

Image

control count (C)

Display/0 clearing

Abnormality detection

Counts the abnormality

detection of image qual-

ity control. Accumulat-

ing total of [CE10],

<0-16>

[CE20] and [CE40]

Image

control count (K)

Display/0 clearing

Abnormality detection

Counts the abnormality

detection of image qual-

ity control. Accumulat-

ing total of [CE10],

<0-16>

[CE20] and [CE40]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 124

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

583-0

Fuser

Pre-running

time at power- motor

ON and ready speed 1/1

status

Transport

ALL

0: 3 sec.

2: 9 sec.

4: 15 sec.

6: 21 sec.

8: 27 sec.

10: 33 sec.

1: 6 sec.

<0-10>

3: 12 sec.

5: 18 sec.

7: 24 sec.

9: 30 sec.

583-1

583-2

584

Transport

motor

speed 1/2

Transport

motor

speed 1/3

ALL

<0-10>

Fuser

User

Transport motor speed of

pre-running at ready status

0: Decelerating to 1/1

1: Decelerating to 1/2

2: Decelerating to 1/3

<0-2>

585

Default setting of Original

PPC

(color)

SYS 0: Text/Photo

1: Text

interface mode

<0-4>

2: Printed image

3: Photo

4: Map

586

Image

Image quality switching

when selecting the Image

Smoothing Mode

PPC

(black)

SYS Selects the method of

image processing when

the Image Smoothing is

selected in the original

modes.

<0-1>

0: Processing for

Image Smoothing

1: Processing when

judging as black in

the ACS Mode

587

588

User

interface mode

User

interface mode

Default setting of Density

PPC

(color)

PPC

SYS 0: Automatic

1: Manual (Center)

SYS 0: Auto color

1: Black

<0-1>

<0-2>

Default setting of Color

2: Full color

589

Image

Image quality switching

when judging as black in

the ACS Mode

PPC

(black)

SYS Selects the method of

image processing when

the original is judged as

black in the ACS Mode.

0: Processing for

<0-1>

Image Smoothing

1: Processing when

judging as black in

the ACS Mode

595

Image

Scanning operation switch- PPC

ing at automatic calibration (color)

SYS 0: Scanning color/

black integrated pat-

tern

<0-1>

1: Scanning color pat-

tern only

597

602

Image

User

Gamma correction table all

clearing

PRT

(color)

SYS Initializes the status of

automatic gamma

adjustment in color

printing.

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

Screen setting for auto-

ALL

EUR:0

UC:1

JPN:1

<0-1>

interface matic energy saver/auto-

matic power OFF

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 125

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

603

User

Setting for automatic

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Single-sided to

interface duplexing mode

<0-3>

duplex copying

2: Two-sided to duplex

copying

3: User selection

604

User

interface AMS

Default setting for APS/

ALL

SYS 0: APS (Automatic

Paper Selection)

1: AMS (Automatic

Magnification Selec-

tion)

<0-2>

2: Not selected

605

607

User

Centering printing of pri-

PPC

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

interface mary/secondary direction

at AMS

User

<0-1>

Default setting of RADF

SYS 0: Continuous feeding

(by pressing the

interface mode

<0-1>

[START] button)

1: Single feeding

(by setting original

on the tray)

609-0

609-1

609-2

609-3

609-4

610

Image

Binarizing

Step -2

Step -1

ALL

PPC

<0-255>

108

<0-255>

148

<0-255>

178

<0-255>

SYS Sets the binarizing level

of each step.

level setting

(When judg-

ing as black in

the ACS

When the value

SYS

increases, the image

becomes darker. When

the value decreases,

the image becomes

lighter.

Step 0

(center)

Step +1

Mode)

Refer to 08-268.

Step +2

208

<0-255>

User

interface panel

User

Key touch sound of control

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: Left page to right

<0-1>

611

Book type original priority

interface

<0-1>

page

1: Right page to left

page

612

613

General Summer time mode

ALL

SYS 0: Not summer time

1: Summer time

SYS Press the icon on the

LCD to select the size.

<0-1>

User

Paper size selection for

PPC EUR:

FOLIO

UC:

COMP

JPN:

A5-R

interface [OTHER] button

614

Network Local I/F time-out period

ALL

SYS Sets the period of time

when the job is judged

as completed in local I/

F printing (USB or par-

allel).

<1-50>

1: 1.0 sec.

2: 1.5 sec.

50: 25.5 sec.

(in increments of 0.5

sec.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 126

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

615

General Size information of main

memory and page memory

ALL

SYS Displays the sizes of

the main memory and

page memory. Enables

to check if each mem-

ory is properly recog-

nized.

SYS Sets the counting

method in Twin Color

Mode with the Limita-

tion Function.

616

617

Counter Counting method in Twin

Color Mode

ALL

JPN: 1

UC: 0

EUR: 0

<0-1>

(Limitation Function)

0: Count as color

1: Count as black

User

Print setting without

SYS 0: Printed forcibly

1: Not printed

interface department code

<0-2>

2: Deleted forcibly

618

619

User

Default setting of RADF

PPC

ALL

SYS 0: Same size originals

1: Mixed size originals

interface original size

Paper

feeding of bypass feeding

<0-1>

<0-10>

Time lag before auto-start

SYS Sets the time taken to

add paper feeding

when paper in the

bypass tray has run out

during the bypass feed

copying.

0: Paper is not drawn

in unless the

[START] button is

pressed.

1-10: Setting value x

0.5sec.

620

621

622

623

624

625

User

Department management

PPC

FAX

PRT

SCN

PRT

PPC

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

interface setting (Copier)

User

interface setting (FAX)

User

interface setting (Printer)

User

interface setting (Scanner)

User

interface setting (List print)

User

interface mode during RADF jam-

ming

<0-1>

Department management

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

<0-1>

Blank copying prevention

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON (Start printing

when the scanning

of each page is fin-

ished)

627

628

629

632

User

Rotation printing at the

ALL

PPC

ALL

PPC

SYS 0: Not rotating

1: Rotating

SYS 0: Automatic

1: Portrait

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS Sets the disclosing level

of automatic calibration.

0: Service technician

1: Administrator

interface nonsorting

User

interface image

User

interface setting

User

interface closure level

<0-1>

<0-2>

Direction priority of original

Department management

Automatic calibration dis-

2: User

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 127

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

633

Data

overwrite call

kit

Releasing F200 service

ALL

SYS 0: Not used

1: Board installed

2: Service call

SYS 0: Normal

1: Inner receiving tray

SYS 0: ON

<0-2>

634

636

User

Inner receiving tray priority

ALL

interface at Non-sort Mode

User

<0-1>

Width setting for image

PPC

interface shift copying (linkage of

front side and back side)

<0-1>

1: OFF

638

General Time differences

ALL

EUR: 24

UC: 40

JPN: 6

<0-47>

SYS 0: +12.0h 1: +11.5h

2: +11.0h 3: +10.5h

4: +10.0h 5: 9.5h

6: +9.0h 7: +8.5h

8: +8.0h 9: +7.5h

10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h

12: +6.0h 13: +5.5h

14: +5.0h 15: +4.5h

16: +4.0h 17: +3.5h

18: +3.0h 19: +2.5h

20: +2.0h 21: +1.5h

22: +1.0h 23: +0.5h

24: 0.0h 25:-0.5h

26: -1.0h 27: -1.5h

28: -2.0h 29: -2.5h

30: -3.0h 31: -3.5h

32: -4.0h 33: -4.5h

34: -5.0h 35: -5.5h

36: -6.0h 37: -6.5h

38: -7.0h 39: -7.5h

40: -8.0h 41: -8.5h

42: -9.0h 43: -9.5h

44: -10.0h 45: -10.5h

46: -11.0h 47: -11.5h

640

641

User

interface

Date display format

ALL

EUR:1

UC:2

JPN:0

<0-2>

SYS 0: YYYY.MM.DD.

1: DD.MM.YYYY

2: MM.DD.YYYY

User

Automatic Sorting Mode

PPC

SYS 0: Invalid

1: STAPLE

interface setting (RADF)

<0-4>

2: SORT

3: GROUP

4: ROTATE SORT

642

User

interface Mode

Default setting of Sorter

PPC

SYS 0: NON-SORT

1: STAPLE

<0-4>

2: SORT

3: GROUP

4: ROTATE SORT

643

644

User

Color 1 at twin color selec-

PPC

(color)

SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M

3: C 4: R 5: G

6: B

SYS 0: K 1: Y 2: M

3: C 4: R 5: G

6: B

interface tion (Select what color

black in original is copied)

User

interface tion (Select what color

other than black in original

is copied)

<0-6>

Color 2 at twin color selec-

PPC

(color)

<0-6>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 128

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

645

User

Correction of reproduction

PPC

<0-10>

SYS Sets the reproduction

ratio for the “X in 1”

printing (including mag-

azine sort) to the

interface ratio in editing copy

“Reproduction ratio x

Correction ratio”.

0: 90% 1: 91%

2: 92% 3: 93%

4: 94% 5: 95%

6: 96% 7: 97%

8: 98% 9: 99%

10: 100%

646

648

649

User

interface

Image position in editing

Returning finisher tray

PPC

ALL

SYS Sets the page pasted

position for “X in 1” to

the upper left corner/

center.

<0-1>

0: Cornering

1: Centering

User

SYS Sets whether or not

returning the finisher

tray to the bin 1 when

printing is finished.

0: Not returned

1: Returned

SYS 0: Left page to right

interface when printing is finished

<0-1>

User

Magazine sort setting

PPC

interface

<0-1>

page

1: Right page to left

page

650

651

User

2 in 1/4 in 1 page allocating

PPC

SYS 0: Horizontal

1: Vertical

SYS Hyphen

(with page number)

/Dropout

interface order setting

User

interface Time Stamp and Page

Number

<0-1>

<0-3>

Printing format setting for

(with date, time and

page number)

0: OFF/OFF

1: ON/OFF

2: OFF/ON

3: ON/ON

Note:

Hyphen printing

format

ON: -1- OFF: 1

652

653

657

User

interface

User

interface

Cascade operation setting

Default setting of printing

PPC

PRT

PPC

SYS 0: OFF

<0-1>

1: ON

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: Short edge

1: Long edge

User

interface direction for Time Stamp

and Page Number

<0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 129

05/07

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

658

User

Auto-start setting for

PRT

SYS Sets whether or not

feeding a paper auto-

matically into the copier

when it is placed on the

bypass tray.

interface bypass feed printing

<0-1>

0: OFF (Press the

[START] button to

start feeding.)

1: ON (Automatical

feeding)

659

User

Auto-start setting for

PPC

SYS Sets whether or not

feeding a paper auto-

matically into the copier

when it is placed on the

bypass tray.

interface bypass feed printing

<0-1>

0: OFF (Press the

[START] button to

start feeding.)

1: ON (Automatical

feeding)

660

661

662

Network Auto-forwarding setting of

received FAX

Network Auto-forwarding setting of

received E-mail

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS Clears SMS partition.

(Performs when the

service call [F106] has

occurred.)

<0-1>

General Clearing of SMS partition

663

Counter Counting method in Twin

Color Mode

PPC

SYS Sets the counting

method of fee charging

or department count in

Twin Color Mode.

0: Count as Twin Color

Mode

<0-2>

1: Count as Black

Mode

2: Count as Full Color

Mode

665

General M/SYS all clearing

ALL

Initializes all the adjust-

SYS ment modes and setting

modes.

666

667

669

670

General BOX partition clearing

General /SHA partition clearing

General System all clearing

ALL

SYS Initializes the Elec-

tronic Filing.

SYS Initializes the shared

folder.

SYS Initializes system

NVRAM area.

SYS Display the HDD infor-

mation

General HDD diagnostic menu dis-

play

(Chap. 5.3.6)

671

User

Size indicator

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid 1: Valid

interface

<0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 130

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

672

General Initialization of department

management information

SYS Initializing of the depart-

ment management

information

Enter the code with

the digital keys and

press the [INITIAL-

IZE] button to per-

form the

initialization.

If the area storing

the department

management infor-

mation is destroyed

for some reason,

“Enter Department

Code” is displayed

on the control panel

even if the depart-

ment management

function is not set

on. In this case, ini-

tialize the area with

this code. This area

is normally initial-

ized at the factory.

675-0

675-1

Paper

feeding Mode setting

for paper

Coated Paper Upper

ALL

SYS Sets whether or not

applying the Coated

Paper Mode to each

paper source.

drawer

<0-1>

source

0: Normal mode

1: Coated Paper Mode

Lower

drawer

SYS

Coated Paper Mode

- This mode is

<0-1>

selected when the

paper which often

causes the misfeed-

ing (ex. coated

paper) is used. The

occurrence of mis-

feeding is reduced

by lengthening the

jam detection time.

However, the print-

ing speed is low-

ered since the

675-2

675-3

675-4

PFPupper

drawer

ALL

SYS

<0-1>

PFP lower

drawer

<0-1>

LCF

<0-1>

printing cycle is also

lengthened with the

lengthened jam

detection time.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 131

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

676

Paper

Bypass copy printing

PPC

SYS Sets whether or not dis-

playing the [COATED]

button on the LCD

screen at bypass feed-

ing.

feeding [COATED] button display

<0-1>

0: Not displayed

1: Displayed (The

Coated Paper Mode

is applied by press-

ing the [COATED]

button at bypass

feeding.)

Coated Paper Mode

- This mode is

selected when the

paper which often

causes the misfeed-

ing (ex. coated

paper) is used. The

occurrence of mis-

feeding is reduced

by lengthening the

jam detection time.

However, the print-

ing speed is low-

ered since the

printing cycle is also

lengthened with the

lengthened jam

detection time.

677-0

677-1

677-2

677-3

677-4

677-5

Paper

feeding Mode setting

at bypass

Coated Paper Plain

PRT

SYS Sets whether or not

applying the Coated

paper

<0-1>

Paper Mode on each

paper type at bypass

feeding

printing.

0: Normal mode

1: Coated Paper Mode

Thick

paper 1

SYS

<0-1>

Coated Paper Mode

- This mode is

Thick

paper 2

selected when the

paper which often

causes the misfeed-

ing (ex. coated

paper) is used. The

occurrence of mis-

feeding is reduced

by lengthening the

jam detection time.

However, the print-

ing speed is low-

ered since the

<0-1>

Thick

paper 3

<0-1>

OHP film

Envelop

<0-1>

printing cycle is also

lengthened with the

lengthened jam

<0-1>

detection time.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 132

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

678

General Setting of banner advertis-

ing display

ALL

SYS Sets whether or not dis-

playing the banner

<0-1>

advertising. The setting

contents of 08-679 and

08-680 are displayed at

the time display section

on the right top of the

screen. When both are

set, each content is dis-

played alternately.

0: Not displayed

1: Displayed

679

680

681

General Banner advertising display

General Display of [BANNER MES-

SAGE] button

ALL

SYS Maximum 27 letters

(one-byte character)

SYS Maximum 27 letters

(one-byte character)

SYS 0: Not displayed

1: Displayed

<0-1>

This button enables

the entry of “Banner

advertising display 1

(08-679)” and “Ban-

ner advertising dis-

play 2 (08-680)” on

the control panel.

682

683

Use

interface

General Duplex printing setting

when coin controller is

used

Offsetting between jobs

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

<0-1>

SYS When the duplex print-

ing is short paid with a

coin controller, reverse

side of the original is

not printed and is con-

sidered as a defect

(printing job may be

cleared). To solve this

problem, the selection

of printing method is

enabled with this set-

ting.

0: Invalid (Both sides

printed)

1: Valid (Only one side

printed)

684

685

General Rebuilding all databases

related to Address Book

ALL

SYS Rebuilds all databases.

SYS Rebuilds all databases

related to the Address

Book.

686

689

General Rebuilding all databases

related to log

ALL

FAX

SYS Rebuilds all databases

related to the logs.

SYS 0: Not subjected for

APS judgment

FAX

Adaptation of paper source

priority selection

<0-1>

1: Subjected for APS

judgment

690

691

General HDD formatting

General HDD type display

ALL

SYS 2: Normal formatting

<2>

<0-2>

SYS 0: Not formatted

1: Not used

2: Normal format

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 133

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

692

Mainte- Performing panel calibra-

nance tion

ALL

SYS Performs the calibration

of the pressing position

on the touch panel

(LCD screen). The cali-

bration is performed by

pressing 2 reference

positions after this code

is started up.

693

General Initialization of NIC infor-

mation

ALL

SYS Returns the value to the

factory shipping default

value.

694

696

General Performing HDD testing

Scram- Installation of scrambler

ALL

SYS Checks the bad sector.

0: Not installed

1: Installed

bler

board (Option)

<0-1>

board

697

698

Paper

feeding

Paper type priority

PPC

ALL

SYS Sets the paper type pri-

ority during copying.

1: Normal paper

<1-2>

2: Thick paper 1

Scram- Entering the key code for

bler

board

Start up this code and

have the user enter the

key code.

scrambler board

Once the key code has

been set, this code can-

not be set again on

security grounds.

699

701

Scram- Erasing all data in HDD

bler

board

FAX

ALL

FAX

This setting is effective

only when the scram-

bler board is installed.

Destination setting for FAX

EUR: 5

UC: 4

SYS 0: Japan

1: Asia

JPN: 0

Other: 1

<0-25>

2: Australia

3: Hong Kong

4: U.S.A./Canada

5: Germany

6: U.K.

7: Italy

8: Belgium

9: Netherlands

10: Finland

11: Spain

12: Austria

13: Switzerland

14: Sweden

15: Denmark

16: Norway

17: Portugal

18: France

19: Greece

20: Poland

21: Hungary

22: Czech

23: Turkey

24: South Africa

25: Taiwan

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 134

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

702

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance function

ALL

SYS 0: Valid (Remote-con-

trolled server)

<0-2>

1: Valid (L2)

2: Invalid

SYS Maximum 256 Bytes

703

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

ALL

nance

HTTP server

URL setting

704-0

Interruption of Copying

stapling oper-

ation (no sta-

ple)

SYS 0: Continues printing

by switching sort

setting

<0-1>

1: Interrupts printing

704-1

707

Printing /

BOX print-

ing

ALL

SYS 0: Continues printing

by switching sort

setting

1: Interrupts printing

SYS Maximum 256 Bytes

<0-1>

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

https://

device.mf

p-sup-

nance

HTTP initially-registered

server

URL setting

port.com:

443/

device/fir-

streg-

ist.ashx

710

Mainte- Short time interval setting

nance of recovery from Emer-

(Remote) gency Mode

ALL

<1-48>

SYS Sets the time interval to

recover from the Emer-

gency Mode to the Nor-

mal Mode.

(Unit: Hour)

711

715

Mainte- Short time interval setting

ALL

<30-360>

1230

SYS Unit: Minute

nance

of Emergency Mode

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

SYS 0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59)

nance

periodical polling timing

(Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)

716

717

718

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

ALL

SYS 0: Prohibited

1: Accepted

nance

Writing data of self-diag-

nostic code

<0-1>

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

SYS Unit: Minute

nance

response waiting time

(Timeout)

<1-30>

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance initial registration

SYS 0: OFF

1: Start

<0-2>

2: Only certification is

scanned

719

720

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance tentative password

Mainte- Status of remote-con-

ALL

SYS Maximum 10 letters

SYS 0: Not registered

1: Registered

nance

trolled service initial regis-

tration (Display only)

<0-1>

721

Mainte- Service center call function

nance

ALL

SYS 0: OFF

1: Notifies all service

calls

<0-2>

2: Notifies all but

paper jams

723

726

Mainte- Service center call HTTP

ALL

SYS Maximum 256 letters

nance

server URL setting

Mainte- HTTP proxy setting

nance

SYS 0: Valid

1: Invalid

<0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 135

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

727

Mainte- HTTP proxy IP address

nance setting

ALL

SYS 000.000.000.000 -

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

728

Mainte- HTTP proxy port number

nance setting

ALL

<0-

SYS

65535>

729

730

731

732

Mainte- HTTP proxy ID setting

nance

Mainte- HTTP proxy password set-

ALL

SYS Maximum 30 letters

nance

ting

Mainte- HTTP proxy panel display

nance

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

SYS 0: Valid

1: Invalid

SYS 0: Ordered by FAX

1: Ordered by E-mail

2: Ordered by HTTP

3: OFF

<0-1>

<0-3>

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote)

733

734

738

739

740

741

742

743

744

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

nance tion of supplies

(Remote) FAX number

ALL

SYS Maximum 32 digits

Enter hyphen with the

[Monitor/Pause] button

SYS Maximum 192 letters

List: 256 digits

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) E-mail address

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

SYS Maximum 50 letters

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) User's name

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

SYS Maximum 32 digits

Enter hyphen with the

[Monitor/Pause] button

SYS Maximum 192 letters

List: 256 digits

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) User's telephone number

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) User's E-mail address

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

SYS Maximum 100 letters

SYS Maximum 5 digits

SYS Maximum 50 letters

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) User's address

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) Service number

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) Service technician's name

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

SYS Maximum 32 digits

Enter hyphen with the

[Monitor/Pause] button

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) Service technician's tele-

phone number

745

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

ALL

SYS Maximum 192 letters

List: 256 digits

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) Service technician's E-mail

address

746

747

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

ALL

SYS Maximum 50 letters

SYS Maximum 100 letters

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) Supplier's name

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

nance

tion of supplies

(Remote) Supplier's address

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 136

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

748

Mainte- Automatic ordering func-

nance tion of supplies

(Remote) Notes

ALL

SYS Maximum 128 letters

749

750

751

752

753

754

755

756

757

758

759

760

761

762

763

764

765

Mainte- Information about supplies

ALL

SYS Maximum 20 digits

nance

Part number of toner car-

(Remote) tridge C

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Order quantity of toner car-

<1-99>

(Remote) tridge C

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Condition number of toner

<1-99>

(Remote) cartridge C

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS Maximum 20 digits

nance

Part number of toner car-

(Remote) tridge M

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Order quantity of toner car-

<1-99>

(Remote) tridge M

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Condition number of toner

<1-99>

(Remote) cartridge M

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS Maximum 20 digits

nance

Part number of toner car-

(Remote) tridge Y

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Order quantity of toner car-

<1-99>

(Remote) tridge Y

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Condition number of toner

<1-99>

(Remote) cartridge Y

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS Maximum 20 digits

nance

Part number of toner car-

(Remote) tridge K

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Order quantity of toner car-

<1-99>

(Remote) tridge K

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Condition number of toner

<1-99>

(Remote) cartridge K

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS Maximum 20 digits

nance

Part number of toner bag

(Remote)

Mainte- Information about supplies

SYS

nance

Order quantity of toner bag

<1-99>

(Remote)

Mainte- Information about supplies

nance Condition number of toner

(Remote) bag

Mainte- Automatic ordering sup-

<1-99>

SYS 0: OFF

1: Always

nance

plies

<0-2>

(Remote) Result table printout

Mainte- Automatic ordering sup-

2: ON Error

SYS 0: Valid

(FAX/Internet FAX)

1: Valid

nance

plies

<0-2>

(Remote) Display

(FAX/Internet FAX/

HTTP)

2: Invalid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 137

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

767

Mainte- Service Notification setting

nance

ALL

SYS Enables to set up to 3

E-mail

<0-2>

(Remote)

addresses to be sent.

(08-768, 777, 778)

0: Invalid

1: Valid (E-mail)

2: Valid (FAX)

768

769

770

771

772

773

774

775

776

777

778

780

Mainte- Destination E-mail address

ALL

SYS Maximum 192 letters

nance

(Remote)

Mainte- Total counter information

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

transmission setting

<0-1>

(Remote)

Mainte- Total counter transmission

SYS 1 to 31

nance

date setting

<1-31>

(Remote)

Mainte- PM counter notification set-

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

ting

<0-1>

(Remote)

Mainte- Dealer's name

nance

SYS Maximum 100 letters

Needed at initial regis-

tration

SYS Maximum 20 letters

Needed at initial regis-

tration

Mainte- Login name

nance

Mainte- Display setting of [Service

SYS 0: Not displayed

1: Displayed

nance

Notification] button

<0-1>

(Remote)

Mainte- Sending error contents of

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

equipment

<0-1>

(Remote)

Mainte- Setting total counter trans-

nance mission interval

(Remote) (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute)

Mainte- Destination E-mail address

SYS

SYS Maximum 192 letters

nance

(Remote)

Mainte- Destination E-mail address

nance

(Remote)

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance polling day selection Day-1

SYS 0: OFF

1 to 31:

<0-31>

1st to 31st of a

month

781

782

783

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance polling day selection Day-2

ALL

SYS 0: OFF

1 to 31:

1st to 31st of a

month

SYS 0: OFF

1 to 31:

1st to 31st of a

month

SYS 0: OFF

1 to 31:

<0-31>

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance polling day selection Day-3

<0-31>

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance polling day selection Day-4

<0-31>

1st to 31st of a

month

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 138

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

784

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

polling day selection Sun-

day

<0-1>

785

786

787

788

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

polling day selection Mon-

<0-1>

day

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

polling day selection Tues-

day

<0-1>

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

polling day selection

Wednesday

<0-1>

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

nance

polling day selection

Thursday

<0-1>

789

790

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

nance polling day selection Friday

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

<0-1>

nance

polling day selection Satur-

day

791

792

793

794

795

796

Mainte- Information of supplies set-

nance ting of toner cartridge C

Mainte- Information of supplies set-

nance ting of toner cartridge M

Mainte- Information of supplies set-

nance ting of toner cartridge Y

Mainte- Information of supplies set-

nance ting of toner cartridge K

Mainte- Information of supplies set-

nance ting of toner bag

Mainte- Remote-controlled service

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

<0-1>

nance

lengthened interval polling

(End of month)

797

816

Mainte- Firmware download

nance

Transfer 1st transfer roller bias

resistance detection con-

trol

Transfer 2nd transfer roller bias

temperature detection con-

trol

Transfer Temperature correction

factor table setting

ALL

SYS 0: Accepted

1: Prohibited

<0-1>

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

817

818

ALL

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

<0-1>

JPN: 1

UC: 0

EUR: 0

Others: 1

<0-1>

0: No Damp Heater

1: Damp Heater

installed

819-0

819-1

819-2

Develop- Color auto-

ALL

256

Sets the target output

value of color auto-

toner sensor to the

sleeve in the auto-toner

control. (This is set

when performing the

automatic adjustment of

auto-toner sensor.)

ment

toner sensor

output setting

for initial

(color) <0-1023>

ALL 256

(color) <0-1023>

ALL 256

(color) <0-1023>

developer

material

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 139

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

820-0

820-1

820-2

821

Develop- Color auto-

ment

ALL

Displays the output

value of the color auto-

toner sensor to the

toner sensor

output

(color) <0-1023>

ALL

(color) <0-1023>

ALL

(color) <0-1023>

display for

developer

material

sleeve in color printing.

Develop- ON/OFF of the mode for

ment

ALL

(color)

Sets whether or not

performing an aging to

stabilize the status of

developer material

when the toner density

is uneven or the toner

charging amount is low-

ered.

developer material stabili-

zation

<0-1>

0: ON

1: OFF

822-0

822-1

822-2

Develop- Number of

ALL

Displays the number of

times the developer

material stabilization is

performed.

ment

times the

mode for

(color) <0-255>

ALL

(color) <0-255>

ALL

(color) <0-255>

developer

material stabi-

lization is per-

formed

823-0

823-1

823-2

Develop- Color auto-

ALL

(color)

Displays “1” when the

abnormal output volt-

age is detected for the

color auto-toner sensor

light amount correction.

([CF40] error)

ment

toner sensor/

light amount

correction

<0-1>

ALL

(color)

voltage abnor-

mal detection

<0-1>

0: Normal

1: Abnormality

ALL

(color)

<0-1>

detected

824-0

824-1

824-2

Develop- Color auto-

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

Displays “1” when the

abnormal toner density

detection voltage is

detected. ([CF20] error)

0: Normal

ment

toner sensor/

toner density

detection volt-

age abnormal

detection

<0-1>

1: Abnormality

<0-1>

detected

849

Fuser

Fusing control switching for

TWD and SAD models

ALL

Other

than

TWD and

SAD: 0

TWD and

SAD: 1

<0-1>

858-0

858-1

858-2

Develop- Color toner

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

Becomes “1” when the

toner density decreases

and it is judged forced

toner supply is needed.

0: Normal level

ment

forced supply

level display

<0-1>

1: Forced supply level

<0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 140

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

859-0

859-1

859-2

860-0

860-1

Develop- Toner empty

ment detection

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color) <0-1023>

ALL

(color) <0-1023>

Becomes “1” when

detecting the toner

empty.

0: Normal

1: Empty detected

<0-1>

Develop- Color auto-

Upper limit

Lower limit

Sets the range for judg-

ing whether the sensor

output value when the

sensor light source is

OFF is correct

ment

toner sensor/

proper range

setting of OFF

level voltage

or not.

861-0

861-1

Develop- Color auto-

Upper limit

Lower limit

ALL

205

Sets the range for judg-

ing whether the adjust-

ment result of sensor

light amount is correct

or not.

ment

toner sensor/

proper range

setting of

(color) <0-255>

ALL

standard light

amount volt-

age

(color) <0-255>

862-0

Develop- Color auto-

Upper limit

ALL

950

Sets the range for judg-

ing whether the sensor

output value for the ref-

erence plate is correct

or not.

ment

toner sensor/

proper range

setting of ref-

erence plate

output

(color) <0-1023>

862-1

863-0

Lower limit

Upper limit

ALL

205

(color) <0-1023>

Develop- Color auto-

ALL

450

Sets the range for judg-

ing whether the sensor

output value for the

ment

toner sensor/

proper range

setting of

(color) <0-1023>

sleeve is correct or not.

863-1

864

Lower limit

ALL

155

developer out-

put

Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/

(color) <0-1023>

ALL

Displays the sensor

output value when the

sensor light source is

OFF at power ON.

ment

sensor OFF output value

display at power ON

(color) <0-1023>

865

Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/

ALL

Displays the sensor

output value with the

standard light amount

for the reference plate

at power ON.

ment

reference plate output

value display at power ON

(color) <0-1023>

866-0

866-1

Develop- Color auto-

Upper limit

Lower limit

ALL

820

Sets the range for judg-

ing whether the differ-

ence between the

sensor output when the

sensor light source is

OFF and the sensor

output for the reference

plate is correct or not.

ment

toner sensor/

abnormal

(color) <0-1023>

detection

potential dif-

ference set-

ting of

Develop-

ment

ALL

205

(color) <0-1023>

reference

plate output

867

Develop- Color auto-toner control

ALL

(color)

Sets whether the sen-

sor light amount is cor-

rected or not depending

on the environment and

life.

ment

environment and life light

amount correction setting

<0-1>

0: Correction

1: No correction

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 141

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

868

Develop- Color auto-toner adjust-

ment

ALL

Sets the difference from

the target value for

judging whether the

color auto-toner adjust-

ment finishes correctly

or not.

ment finishing range set-

ting

(color) <0-255>

869

870

Develop- Color auto-toner control

ALL

Sets the difference from

the target value for

judging whether the

light amount correction

finishes correctly or not.

Sets the number of

times of continuous

error detection before

the light amount correc-

tion abnormality is dis-

played.

ment

environment and life light

amount correction/correc-

tion finishing range setting

(color) <0-255>

Develop- Color auto-toner sensor/

ALL

ment

setting of number of times

of error detection at light

amount correction

(color) <0-255>

871

872

Develop- Color auto-toner control

ALL

Displays the number of

times of the reference

plate detection error for

the environment and life

light amount correction.

Displays the number of

times of the light

amount control voltage

adjustment error for the

environment and life

light amount correction.

ment

environment and life light

amount correction/display

of number of times of refer-

ence plate detection error

(color) <0-255>

Develop- Color auto-toner control

ALL

ment

environment and life light

amount correction/display

of number of times of light

amount control voltage

adjustment error

(color) <0-255>

873-0

873-1

873-2

874

Develop- Color auto-

ALL

(color) <0-1023>

ALL 256

(color) <0-1023>

ALL 256

(color) <0-1023>

256

Sets the initial devel-

oper output target

value.

ment

Develop-

ment

Develop-

ment

toner control/

developer ini-

tial output set-

ting

Develop- Color developer life correc-

ment tion

ALL

Sets whether the toner

density detection volt-

age correction is per-

formed or not

(color)

<0-1>

depending on the

developer life in the

color auto-toner control.

0: Corrected

1: Not corrected

875-0

875-1

875-2

Develop- Color devel-

ALL

(color)

Sets the correction

ment

oper life cor-

rection value

(segment 0)

<-512-

511>

<-512-

511>

amount of the toner

density detection volt-

age depending on the

developer life. In this

code, the life count

within 0-2000 is set as

the correction amount.

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

<-512-

511>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 142

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

876-0

Develop- Color devel-

ALL

(color)

-4

<-512-

511>

-2

<-512-

511>

-2

<-512-

511>

-6

<-512-

511>

-3

<-512-

511>

-3

<-512-

511>

-8

<-512-

511>

-4

<-512-

511>

-4

<-512-

511>

-10

<-512-

511>

-5

<-512-

511>

-5

<-512-

511>

-12

<-512-

511>

-6

<-512-

511>

-6

Sets the correction

amount of the toner

density detection volt-

age depending on the

developer life. In this

code, the life count

within 2001-5000 is set

as the correction

ment

oper life cor-

rection value

(segment 1)

876-1

876-2

877-0

877-1

877-2

878-0

878-1

878-2

879-0

879-1

879-2

880-0

880-1

880-2

881-0

881-1

881-2

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

amount.

Develop- Color devel-

ALL

(color)

Sets the correction

amount of the toner

density detection volt-

age depending on the

developer life. In this

code, the life count

within 5001-10000 is

set as the correction

amount.

ment

oper life cor-

rection value

(segment 2)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

Develop- Color devel-

ALL

(color)

Sets the correction

amount of the toner

density detection volt-

age depending on the

developer life. In this

code, the life count

within 10001-20000 is

set as the correction

amount.

ment

oper life cor-

rection value

(segment 3)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

Develop- Color devel-

ALL

(color)

Sets the correction

amount of the toner

density detection volt-

age depending on the

developer life. In this

code, the life count

within 20001-30000 is

set as the correction

amount.

ment

oper life cor-

rection value

(segment 4)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

Develop- Color devel-

ALL

(color)

Sets the correction

amount of the toner

density detection volt-

age depending on the

developer life. In this

code, the life count

within 30001-37500 is

set as the correction

amount.

ment

oper life cor-

rection value

(segment 5)

ALL

(color)

ALL

(color)

<-512-

511>

-12

<-512-

511>

-6

<-512-

511>

-6

<-512-

511>

Develop- Color devel-

ALL

(color)

Sets the correction

ment

oper life cor-

rection value

(segment 6)

amount of the toner

density detection volt-

age depending on the

developer life. In this

code, the life count

ALL

(color)

37501 or more is set as

the correction amount.

ALL

(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 143

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

900

Version System firmware ROM ver-

sion

ALL

JPN: T410SY0JXXX

UC: T410SY0UXXX

EUR: T410SY0EXXX

Others: T410SY0XXXX

903

905

907

908

911

Version Engine ROM version

Version Scanner ROM version

Version RADF ROM version

Version Finisher ROM version

Version Finisher punch ROM ver-

sion

ALL

410M-XXX

410S-XXX

DF-XXXX

SDL-XX FIN-XX

PUN-XXX

915

920

Version FAX board ROM version

Version FROM basic section soft-

ware version

FAX

ALL

F562-XXX

VX.XX/X.XX

921

922

Version FROM internal program

Version UI data fixed section ver-

sion

ALL

VXXX.XXX X

923

924

925

926

927

928

929

930

Version UI data common section

version

Version Version of UI data lan-

guage 1 in HDD

Version Version of UI data lan-

guage 2 in HDD

Version Version of UI data lan-

guage 3 in HDD

Version Version of UI data lan-

guage 4 in HDD

Version Version of UI data lan-

guage 5 in HDD

Version Version of UI data lan-

guage 6 in HDD

Version Version of UI data in

FROM displayed at power-

ALL

VXXX.XXX X

931

Version Version of UI data lan-

guage 7 in HDD

ALL

VXXX.XXX X

933

934

Version Web data whole version

Version Web UI data in HDD

Version: Language 1

ALL

VXXX.XXX X

935

936

937

938

939

944

Version Web UI data in HDD

Version: Language 2

Version Web UI data in HDD

Version: Language 3

Version Web UI data in HDD

Version: Language 4

Version Web UI data in HDD

Version: Language 5

ALL

VXXX.XXX X

Version Web UI data in HDD

Version: Language 6

Version HD version

JPN: T410HD0JXXX

UC: T410HD0UXXX

EUR: T410HD0EXXX

Others: T410HD0XXXX

945

Network Two-way setting of Raw-

Port 9100

ALL

UTY 1: Valid

2: Invalid

<1-2>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 144

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

947

General Initialization after software

version upgrade

ALL

Perform this code when

the software in this

equipment has been

upgraded.

949

950

General Automatic interruption

page setting during black

printing

ALL

SYS Sets the number of

pages to interrupt the

printing automatically.

0-100: 0 to 100 pages

SYS Sets the start-up

method of the Elec-

tronic Filing.

<0-100>

Elec-

tronic

filing

Start-up method of Elec-

tronic Filing

<0-2>

0: Standard

1: Forced start-up

(Not recovered)

2: Forced start-up

(Recovered)

951

User

Image setting for Electronic

ALL

SYS 0: General

1: Photograph

2: Presentation

3: Line art

interface Filing printing (Only for

color image)

<0-3>

953

954

User

Access code entry for

ALL

SYS 0: Renewed automati-

cally

interface Electronic Filing printing

<0-1>

1: Enter every time

User

Clearing timing for files and

SYS 0: Immediately after

the completion of

scanning

interface Electronic Filing Agent

<0-1>

1: Cleared by Auto

Clear

969

970

User

interface

User

Error sound

ALL

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

<0-1>

EUR: 1

UC: 1

JPN: 0

<0-1>

Sound setting when

interface switching to Energy Saving

Mode

973

975

976

Network PCL line feed code setting

PRT

ALL

SYS Sets the PCL line feed

code.

<0-3>

0: Automatic setting

1: CR=CR, LF=LF

2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF

3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF

General Job handling when print-

ing is short paid with coin

controller

SYS Sets whether pause or

stop the printing job

when it is short paid

using a coin controller.

0: Pause the job

<0-1>

1: Stop the job

Scanning Equipment name and user

name setting to a folder

SYS Sets whether or not

adding the equipment

name and user name to

the folder when saving

files.

<0-2>

when saving files

0: Not add

1: Add the equipment

name

2: Add the user name

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 145

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

978

Network Raw printing job

(Paper feeding drawer)

PRT

SYS 0: AUTO

1: Upper drawer

<0-5>

2: Lower drawer

3: PFP upper drawer

4: PFP lower drawer

5: LCF

979

Network Raw printing job

(PCL symbol set)

PRT

SYS 0: Roman-8

<0-39>

1: ISO 8859/1 Latin 1

2: ISO 8859/2 Latin 2

3: ISO 8859/9 Latin 5

4: PC-8, Code Page

437

5: PC-8 D/N, Danish/

Norwegian

6: PC-850, Multilingual

7: PC-852, Latin2

8: PC-8 Turkish

9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1

10: Windows 3.1 Latin 2

11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5

12: DeskTop

13: PS Text

14: Ventura Interna-

tional

15: Ventura US

16: Microsoft Publishing

17: Math-8

18: PS Math

19: Ventura Math

20: Pi Font

21: Legal

22: ISO 4: United King-

dom

23: ISO 6: ASCII

24: ISO 11

25: ISO 15: Italian

26: ISO 17

27: ISO 21: German

28: ISO 60: Danish/Nor-

wegian

29: ISO 69: French

30: Windows 3.0 Latin 1

31: MC Text

32: PC Cyrillic

33: ITC Zapf Dingbats

34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6

35: PC-775

36: PC-1004

37: Symbol

38: Windows Baltic

39: Wingdings

983

986

User

interface setting

General Copy function setting

JOB STATUS initial screen

ALL

SYS 0: Print

<0-1>

1: Private

SYS Sets the copy function

to be invalid.

PPC

0: Valid

1: Invalid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 146

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

988

Paper

Setting of paper size

ALL

SYS 0: Not switched

1: LG 13"LG

feeding switching to 13" LG

<0-2>

2: FOLIO 13"LG

995

Mainte- Equipment number

ALL

SYS This code can be also

keyed in from the

adjustment mode (05-

976).

nance

(serial number) display

<10 dig-

its>

10 digits

999

Mainte- FSMS total counter

nance

Network Selection of NIC board sta-

tus information

ALL

SYS Refer to values of total

counter.

NIC 1: Not printed out

when the copier is

restarted

<8 digits>

1002

<1-2>

2: Printed out when

the copier is

restarted

1003

Network Communication speed and

settings of Ethernet

ALL

NIC 1: Auto

2: 10MBPS Half

Duplex

<1-5>

3: 10MBPS Full

Duplex

4: 100MBPS Half

Duplex

5: 100MBPS Full

Duplex

1006

Network Address Mode

ALL

NIC 1: Fixed IP address

2: Dynamic IP address

3: Dynamic IP address

without AutoIP

<1-3>

1007

1008

Network Domain name

Network IP address

ALL

NIC Maximum 96 letters

NIC 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

1009

1010

Network Subnet mask

Network Gateway

ALL

NIC 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

NIC 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

1011

1012

Network Availability of IPX

Network Network frame type

ALL

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

NIC 1: Automatic

2: IEEE802.3

<1-2>

<1-5>

3: Ethernet II

4: IEEE802.3 SNAP

5: IEEE802.2

1014

1015

1016

1017

Network Availability of AppleTalk

Network Zone setting of AppleTalk

Network Availability of LDAP

Network Availability of DNS

ALL

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

NIC Maximum 32 letters

*: Wildcard character

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

<1-2>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 147

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1018

Network IP address to DNS server

(Primary)

ALL

NIC 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

1019

1020

Network IP address to DNS server

(Secondary)

ALL

NIC 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

Network DDNS Desired level

NIC 1: Invalid

2: Via DHCP

<1-5>

3: Insecure DDNS

4: Secure DDNS

5: Multi-secure DDNS

1022

1023

Network From Name Creation set-

ting in SMTP authentica-

tion

ALL

SYS 0: Not edited

1: Account name of

From Address

<0-1>

+Device name

Network NetBios name

MFP_

serial

UTY Maximum 15 letters

The network-related

serial number of the

equipment appears at

"serial"

1024

1025

Network Name of WINS server or IP

address (Primary)

ALL

UTY 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

Network Name of WINS server or IP

address (Secondary)

UTY 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

1026

1027

Network Availability of Bindery

Network Availability of NDS

ALL

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

<1-2>

1028

1029

1030

Network Directory service context

Network Directory service tree

Network Availability of HTTP server

ALL

NIC Maximum 127 letters

NIC Maximum 47 letters

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

<1-2>

1031

1032

Network Port number to NIC HTTP

server

ALL

<1-

65535>

8080

<1-

NIC

Network Port number to system

HTTP server

NIC

65535>

1037

1038

1039

Network Availability of SMTP client

ALL

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

NIC Maximum 128 Bytes

<1-2>

Network FQDN or IP address to

SMTP server

Network TCP port number of SMTP

client

<1-

NIC

65535>

1040

1041

Network Availability of SMTP server

ALL

UTY 1: Available

2: Not available

UTY

<1-2>

<1-

Network TCP port number of SMTP

server

65535>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 148

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

1042

1043

1044

1045

1046

1047

1048

Network E-mail box name to SMTP

server

UTY Maximum 192 letters

Network Availability of Offramp

UTY 1: Available

2: Not available

UTY 1: Available

2: Not available

UTY 1: Available

2: Not available

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

<1-2>

Network Offramp security

Network Printing at Offramp

Network Availability of POP3 clients

Network FQDN or IP address to

POP3 server

Network Types of POP3 server

NIC Maximum 128 Bytes

NIC 1: Automatic

2: POP3

<1-3>

3: APOP

1049

Network Login name to POP3

server

Network Login password to POP3

Network E-mail reception interval

ALL

NIC Maximum 96 letters

1050

1051

ALL

NIC Maximum 96 letters

NIC Unit: Minute

<0-4096>

1052

1055

Network TCP port number of POP3

client

ALL

110

<1-

65535>

<1-

NIC

Network TCP port number of FTP

client

UTY

65535>

1059

1060

Network Availability of FTP server

ALL

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

UTY

<1-2>

<1-

Network TCP port number of FTP

server

65535>

1063

Network MIB function

ALL

NIC 1: Valid

2: Invalid

<1-2>

1065

1066

Network Setting of read Community

Network Setting of read/Write Com-

munity

ALL

public

private

NIC Maximum 31 letters

1069

Network TRAP destination IP

address

ALL

UTY 000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value

000.000.000.000)

1070

1073

1074

Network Community setting of

TRAP (via IP)

Network Availability of Raw/TCP

ALL

public

NIC Maximum 31 letters

NIC 1: Valid

2: Invalid

NIC

<1-2>

9100

<1-

Network TCP port number of Raw

65535>

1075

1076

Network Availability of LPD client

Network TCP port number of LPD

ALL

NIC 1: Valid

2: Invalid

NIC

<1-2>

515

<1-

65535>

1077

1078

Network LPD queue name

Network Availability of IPP

ALL

NIC Maximum 31 letters

NIC 1: Valid

2: Invalid

<1-2>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 149

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

1079

1080

Network Availability of IPP port

NIC 1: Valid

2: Invalid

NIC

number “80”

<1-2>

631

<1-

Network TCP port number of IPP

65535>

1081

Network IPP printer name

ALL

MFP_

serial

NIC Maximum 127 letters

The network-related

serial number of the

equipment appears at

"serial"

1082

1083

1084

Network IPP printer location

Network IPP printer information

(more)

ALL

NIC Maximum 127 letters

1085

1086

1087

Network Installer of IPP printer

driver

Network IPP printer “Make and

ALL

NIC Maximum 127 letters

Model”

Network IPP printer information

(more)

MFGR

1088

1089

Network IPP message from opera-

tor

Network Availability of FTP print

ALL

NIC Maximum 127 letters

NIC 1: Available

2: Not available

<1-2>

1090

1091

Network Printer user name of FTP

Network Printer user password of

FTP

ALL

NIC Maximum 31 letters

1092

1093

Network TCP port number to FTP

print server

ALL

<1-

65535>

MFP_

serial

NIC

Network Login name to Novell print

server

NIC Maximum 47 letters

The network-related

serial number of the

equipment appears at

"serial"

1094

1095

1096

1097

Network Login password to Novell

print server

Network Name of SearchRoot

server

Network Scan rate setting of print

queue

Network Page number limitation for

printing text of received

ALL

NIC Maximum 31 letters

NIC Unit: Second

UTY

<1-255>

<1-99>

1098

1099

Network MDN return mail setting

when receiving E-mail

Network Trap destination of IPX

ALL

UTY 1: Valid

2: Invalid

UTY 24 letters

(Valid from 0 to 9 and

from A to F)

<1-2>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 150

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1100

Network Method of SMTP server

authentication

ALL

NIC 1: Disable

2: Plain

<1-7,10>

3: Login

4; Cram-MD5

5: Digest MD5

6: Kerberos

7: NTLM

10: Auto

1101

1102

1103

1104

Network Login name for SMTP

server authentication

Network Login password for SMTP

server authentication

ALL

NIC Maximum 64 letters

Network Rendezvous setting

NIC 1: Valid

2: Invalid

NIC Maximum 127 letters

The network-related

serial number of the

equipment appears at

"serial"

<1-2>

MFP_

serial

Network Link local host name

1105

Network Service name setting

ALL

Refer to

contents

NIC Maximum 63 letters

The network-related

serial number of the

equipment appears at

"serial"

e-STUDIO281C:

TOSHIBA

e-STUDIO281C_serial

e-STUDIO351C:

TOSHIBA

e-STUDIO351C_serial

e-STUDIO451C:

TOSHIBA

e-STUDIO451C_serial

1111

1112

Network POP Before SMTP setting

Network Host name

ALL

NIC 1: Valid

2: Invalid

<1-2>

MFP_

serial

NIC Maximum 63 letters

The network-related

serial number of the

equipment appears at

"serial"

1113

1114

1117

Network Windows domain No.1 of

user authentication

Network Sending mail text of Inter-

netFAX

ALL

UTY Maximum 128 letters

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS Unit: Second

<0-1>

300

<1-9999>

Network SMB time-out period

1118

1119

General Clearing of TAT partition

Network Initialization of NIC infor-

mation

ALL

SYS

Initializes only the infor-

mation of the Network

setting items.

1121

1122

Network PDC (Primary Domain

Controller) name No.1 of

authentication

Network BDC (Backup Domain

Controller) name No.1 of

authentication

ALL

UTY Maximum 128 letters

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 151

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1123

Network Windows domain of device

authentication

ALL

UTY 3: ON

<3-4>

(Domain selected)

4: OFF

(Work group

selected)

1124

1125

Network Workgroup name

ALL

work-

group

UTY Maximum 15 letters

General Data writing of address

book data import

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

<0-1>

(overwriting method)

1126

Counter Validity of interrupt copy-

ing when external counters

are installed

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

<0-1>

1128

1129

1130

Network NetwareUserAuthTree

Name1

Network NetwareUserAuthContext

Name1

ALL

UTY Maximum 47 letters

UTY Maximum 127 letters

User

Job Build Function

SYS Sets the Job Build

Function.

interface

<0-1>

0: Invalid

1: Valid

1131

1132

User

Maximum number of time

ALL

1000

<5-1000>

SYS Sets the maximum

number of time a job

build has been per-

formed.

interface job build performed

5-1000: 5 to 1000 times

General Default screen selection of

the User Function menu

SYS Selects the default

screen when entering

the User Function menu

by pressing the [USER

FUNCTIONS] button.

0: ADDRESS

<0-1>

1: COUNTER

1134

1135

Network NetwareUserAuthTree

Name2

ALL

UTY Maximum 47 letters

Paper

Default setting of drawers

SYS 1: LCF

feeding (Printer/BOX)

<1-5>

2: Upper drawer

3: Lower drawer

4: PFP upper drawer

5: PFP lower drawer

1138

Network LDAP search method set-

ting

ALL

SYS Sets the search method

when performing a

LDAP search.

<0-3>

0: Partial match

1: Prefix match

2: Suffix match

3: Full match

1139

1140

Network LDAP authentication set-

ting

ALL

SYS 0: Not authenticated

1: Authenticated

SYS Selects the restriction of

the template function

usage setting.

<0-1>

User

Restriction of the template

interface function with the adminis-

trator privilege

0: No restriction

1: Only available with

the administrator

privilege.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 152

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1141

Network Display of MAC address

ALL

SYS (**:**:**:**:**:**)

The address is dis-

played as above (6-byte

data is divided by a

colon at every 2 bytes).

1143

1144

1145

Network NetwareUserAuthContext

Name2

Network NetwareUserAuthTree

Name3

ALL

UTY Maximum 127 letters

UTY Maximum 47 letters

Mainte- Counter notification

SYS Maximum 32 digits

Enter a hyphen with the

[MONITOR/PAUSE]

button.

nance

Remote FAX setting

(Remote)

1148

1370

Network NetwareUserAuthContext

Name3

ALL

UTY Maximum 127 letters

Image

Image quality control time

Counts driving count of

the drum (image qual-

ity control time).

Counts up when drum

motor and image quality

control are ON.

process- accumulating counter

ing

<8 digits>

1371

1372

Image

Accumulated counter of

ALL

Cleared to “0” by the

image quality closed-

loop control. Counts up

with the number of

printing job received

after this control.

Counts up the heater

control time accumu-

lated (when power of

the copier is ON) but

does not count at the

Sleep Mode. When the

counter value of the

fuser belt is cleared,

this counter value is

also cleared in sync at

PM support mode.

process- output pages since the per-

<4 digits>

ing

forming of image quality

control

Image

Heater and energizing time

process- accumulating counter Dis-

<8 digits>

ing

play/0 clearing

1378

Image

Fuser roller ready tempera-

ALL

Counts up the heater

control time accumu-

lated (on standby).

When the counter value

of the fuser belt is

cleared, this counter

value is also cleared in

sync at PM support

mode.

process- ture time accumulating

<8 digits>

ing

counter

1380

Image

Fuser roller printing tem-

ALL

Counts up the heater

control time accumu-

lated (during printing).

When the counter value

of the fuser belt is

cleared, this counter

value is also cleared in

sync at PM support

mode.

process- perature time accumulating

<8 digits>

ing counter

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 153

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1382

Image

Fuser roller energy saving

ALL

Counts up the heater

control time accumu-

lated (at energy saving

mode). When the

process- temperature time accumu-

<8 digits>

ing

lating counter Display/0

clearing

counter value of the

fuser belt is cleared,

this counter value is

also cleared in sync at

PM support mode.

1385

1386

1387

1388

Image

Number of output pages

ALL

Counts up when the

registration sensor is

ON. When the counter

value of the fuser belt is

cleared, this counter

value is also cleared in

sync at PM support

mode.

Counts up when the

registration sensor is

ON. When the counter

value of the fuser belt is

cleared, this counter

value is also cleared in

sync at PM support

mode.

Counts up when the

registration sensor is

ON. When the counter

value of the fuser belt is

cleared, this counter

value is also cleared in

sync at PM support

mode.

Counts up when the

registration sensor is

ON. When the counter

value of the fuser belt is

cleared, this counter

value is also cleared in

sync at PM support

mode.

process- (Thick paper 1)

ing

<8 digits>

Image

Number of output pages

process- (Thick paper 2)

ing

<8 digits>

Image

Number of output pages

process- (Thick paper 3)

ing

<8 digits>

Image

process- (OHP film)

ing

Number of output pages

<8 digits>

1389

1390

Main

Main charger wire clean-

ALL

Does not count up

when cleaning is not

effective.

Counts the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the upper

drawer.

charger ing counter display/0 clear-

<5 digits>

ing

Paper

Feeding retry counter

feeding (upper drawer)

<8 digits>

1391

1392

Paper

Feeding retry counter

ALL

Counts the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the lower

drawer.

Counts the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the PFP

upper drawer.

feeding (lower drawer)

<8 digits>

Paper

Feeding retry counter

feeding (PFP upper drawer)

<8 digits>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 154

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1393

Paper

Feeding retry counter

ALL

Counts the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the PFP

lower drawer.

feeding (PFP lower drawer)

<8 digits>

1394

Paper

Feeding retry counter

ALL

Counts the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the bypass

tray.

feeding (bypass feed)

<8 digits>

1395

1396

1397

1398

1399

1400

Paper

feeding (LCF)

Feeding retry counter

ALL

Counts the number of

times of the feeding

retry from the LCF.

When the number of

feeding retry (08-1390

to 08-1395) exceeds

the setting value, the

feeding retry will not be

performed subse-

quently. In case “0” is

set as a setting value,

however, the feeding

retry continues regard-

less of the counter set-

ting value.

<8 digits>

Paper

Feeding retry counter

<8 digits>

feeding upper limit value

(upper drawer)

Paper

feeding upper limit value

(lower drawer)

Paper

Feeding retry counter

<8 digits>

Feeding retry counter

<8 digits>

feeding upper limit value

(PFP upper drawer)

Paper

Feeding retry counter

<8 digits>

feeding upper limit value

(PFP lower drawer)

Paper

feeding upper limit value

(bypass feed)

Refer to (Note 1).

Feeding retry counter

<8 digits>

1401

1410

1412

Paper

Feeding retry counter

ALL

<8 digits>

feeding upper limit value (LCF)

Counter Black toner cartridge drive

counts/0 clearing

<8 digits>

Counter Counter for tab paper

Counts up when the

registration sensor is

ON. When the counter

value of the fuser roller

is reset, this counter is

reset in sync at the PM

support mode.

<8 digits>

1414

1415

Image

Toner cartridge wrong

ALL

0: ON

1: OFF

process- installation detection ON/

ing

Image

<0-1>

OFF setting

Detection/control that the

Sets ON or OFF of the

detection/control that

the toner cartridge is

nearly empty.

process- toner cartridge is nearly

<0-2>

ing

empty

0: All colors (Y/M/C/K)

OFF

1: Black (K) ON

2: All colors (Y/M/C/K)

1416

Image

Threshold for detecting

ALL

322500

<8 digits>

process- that black toner cartridge is

ing nearly empty

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 155

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1422

Data

over-

write kit

HDD data overwriting type

setting

ALL

SYS Select the type of the

overwriting level; LOW,

MEDIUM, or HIGH for

deleting HDD data.

(This setting is enabled

only when the GP-1060

is installed.)

<0-2>

0: LOW

1: MEDIUM

2: HIGH

1424

Data

over-

write kit

HDD data clearing type

setting (forcible clearing)

ALL

SYS Select the type of the

overwriting level; LOW,

MEDIUM, or HIGH for

deleting HDD data.

(This setting is enabled

only when the GP-1060

is installed.)

<0-2>

0: LOW

1: MEDIUM

2: HIGH

1426

1427

1428

1429

Data

over-

write kit

Forcible HDD data clearing

ALL

HDD data is cleared in

the procedure set in 08-

1424.

This setting is

enabled only when

the GP-1060 is

installed.

Data

over-

write kit

Forcible NVRAM data all

clearing

When this code is per-

formed, the equipment

cannot be started up.

This setting is

enabled only when

the GP-1060 is

installed.

Data

over-

write kit

Forcible SRAM backup

data all clearing

When this code is per-

formed, the equipment

cannot be started up.

This setting is

enabled only when

the GP-1060 is

installed.

User

Margin width

Front: 7/

Back: 7

SYS This setting is not

reflected in "Right",

interface (Top/Bottom, Left/Right)

<2-100/-

100-100>

even if the value less

than 2 is set for "Back".

1430

1431

User

Margin width

ALL

<2-30>

SYS

interface (Bookbinding margin)

Network ACC

SYS 0: ACC prohibited

1: Only in the same

paper direction

(AT_CASETTE_CHANGE)

for Printer/Box printing

<0-2>

2: In both same direc-

tion and different

directions

1432

Network Private-print-only mode

ALL

SYS 0: Normal

1: Private-print-only

mode

<0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 156

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1435

Network "Disable private and proof

print save" function

ALL

SYS 0: Function OFF (no

restriction on data

saving or other

<0-1>

operations)

1: Function ON (Data

saving or other

operations are

restricted)

1436

Network "Disable fax save" function

ALL

SYS 0: Function OFF (no

restriction on data

saving or other

<0-1>

operations)

1: Function ON (Data

saving or other

operations are

restricted

1440

1441

Network IP Conflict Detect

Network SNTP Enable

ALL

OFF/ON

1: Valid

2: Invalid

OFF/ON

1: Valid

2: Invalid

<1-2>

1442

1444

1445

1446

Network SNTP Polling rate

ALL

<1-168>

Data obtaining interval

(Unit: Hour)

SNTP server IP

Address (Primary)

SNTP server IP

Network Primary SNTP Address

Network Secondary SNTP Address

Network Port number to SNTP

Address (Secondary)

123

<1-

65535>

1447

1448

Network IPP administrator name

ALL

This should be an

account which can con-

trol all IPP jobs.

This should be the

password of an account

which can control all

IPP jobs.

Network IPP administrator pass-

word

1449

1450

1451

Network IPP authentication method

ALL

1: Disabled

2: Basic

3: Digest

<1-4>

4: Basic Digest

Network User name for IPP authen-

tication

This should be the

account at the time IPP

authentication was per-

formed.

This should be the

password of the

Network Password for IPP authenti-

cation

account at the time IPP

authentication was per-

formed.

1464

1468

Network Samba server ON/OFF

setting

ALL

NIC 1: Samba enabled

2: Samba disabled

3: Print Share disabled

4: File Share disabled

SYS 0: Disabled

1: Enabled

<1-4>

General User data management

limitation setting

ALL

(color)

<0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 157

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1469

General User data management

limitation Setting by num-

ber of printouts

ALL

SYS 0-9,999,999:

0-9,999,999 sheets

(color) <7 digits>

1470

1471

General Device authentication func-

tion setting

General User authentication

method

ALL

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: Local

<0-1>

<0-5>

1: NTLM (NT Domain)

2: LDAP

3: Kerberos (Active

Directory)

4: Netware

1472

General User data management

automatic registration func-

tion setting

ALL

SYS 0: Disabled

<0-1>

1: Enabled

1473

1474

General User data management

limitation setting

General User data management

limitation Setting by num-

ber of printouts

ALL

(black)

ALL

SYS 0: Disabled

1: Enabled

SYS 0-9,999,999:

<0-1>

(black) <7 digits>

0-9,999,999 sheets

1476

Network Restriction on Address

book operation by adminis-

trator

ALL

SYS Some restrictions can

be given on the admin-

istrator for operating the

Address book.

<0-1>

0: No restriction

1: Can be operated

only under the

administrator's

authorization

1477

Network Restriction on "To" ("cc")

address

ALL

SYS 0: No restriction

1: Can be set from

both of the Address

book and LDAP

server

<0-3>

2: Can be set only

from the Address

book

3: Can be set only

from the LDAP

server

1478

1479

User

Display of paper size set-

ALL

JPN: 0

UC: 1

<0-1>

SYS 0: Not displayed

1: Displayed

interface ting by installation opera-

tion of drawers

User

Default setting of sharp-

SYS 1: -4 2: -3

3: -2 4: -1

interface ness

<1-9>

5: 0

6: +1

7: +2 8: +3 9: +4

1481

General User data management

clearing

ALL

All the user data in the

database and backup

files can be deleted.

1482

1483

General User data department

management

General User data recovery

ALL

SYS 0: Disabled

1: Enabled

<0-1>

The data in the data-

base is overwritten with

the data in the backup

file.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 158

05/11

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1484

Network Authentication method of

"Scan to Email"

ALL

SYS 0: Disabled

1: SMTP authentica-

<0-2>

tion

2: LDAP authentica-

tion

1485

1487

Network Setting whether use of the

Internet FAX is permitted at

ALL

SYS 0: Not permitted

1: Permitted

<0-1>

the time of authentication

Network "From" address assign-

ment method at the time of

authentication

SYS 0: User name + @ +

Domain name

<0-2>

1: LDAP searching

2: Use the address

registered at "From"

field of E-mail set-

ting

1489

1491

Network Setting for "From" address

edit at "Scan to Email"

Network E-mail domain name

ALL

SYS 0: Not permitted

1: Permitted

SYS 96 + 2 (delimiter) char-

acter

<0-1>

ASCll sequence

only

1492

1493

Paper

Detection method of 13"

ALL

SYS 0: Disabled

1: Enabled

feeding LG for single-size docu-

ment

Network Role Base Access Func-

tion

<0-1>

SYS 0: Function off (No

restriction on data

saving and other

operations)

<0-1>

1: Function on (Data

saving and other

operations have

some restrictions)

1494

1495

General Limitation check method

Mainte- Service call checking

ALL

SYS 0: Checked at every

page printed

<0-1>

1: Checked at every

job printed

0: No checking period

specified (= Calls

service technician

immediately)

nance

period setting

<0-12>

0: 10 minutes

1: 30 minutes

3: 1 hour

4: 6 hours

5: 12 hours

6: 24 hours

7: 48 hours

8: 7 days

9: 1 month

10: 1 year

11: 5 years

12: Not limited (= Calls

service technician if

such error has

occurred in the past

even once or more)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 159

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1496

General Operation setting for User

authentication/registration

ALL

SYS 0 : Disables operation

setting for User

<0-1>

authentication/regis-

tration

1 : Enables operation

setting for User

authentication/regis-

tration

1497

1498

Elec-

tronic Fil- Client)

ing

e-Filing Access Mode (for

ALL

FAX

SYS 0: Mode 1

1: Mode 2

<0-2>

2: Mode 3

FAX

Inbound FAX function

(Forwarding by TSI)

SYS 0: OFF

(Function disabled)

1: ON

<0-1>

(Function enabled)

1530-0

1530-1

Counter Number of

output pages

1-UP /

Duplex

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

(black) <8 digits>

in black mode printing

only in the black mode.

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

(black) <8 digits>

1530-2

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

(black) <8 digits>

1530-3

1530-4

1530-7

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[4IN1].

(black) <8 digits>

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the black mode.

(black) <8 digits>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 160

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1531-0

Counter Number of

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

only in the full color

mode.

output pages

in full color

mode

(color) <8 digits>

1531-1

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

using [2IN1] or [MAGA-

ZINE SORT].

1531-2

1531-3

1531-4

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using [2IN1]

or [MAGAZINE SORT].

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

using [4IN1].

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using

[4IN1].

1531-7

1532-0

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the full color mode.

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

only in the twin color

mode.

Counter Number of

output pages

in twin color

mode

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

1532-1

1532-2

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the twin color mode

using [2IN1] or [MAGA-

ZINE SORT].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

twin color mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

1532-3

1532-4

1532-7

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the twin color mode

using [4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

twin color mode using

[4IN1].

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the twin color mode.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 161

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1533-0

Counter Number of

1-UP /

Duplex

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode.

output pages

(black) <8 digits>

of the printer printing

or BOX

1533-1

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

(black) <8 digits>

When printing is

performed using a

Windows driver, the

1-UP image will be

output.

1533-2

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

(black) <8 digits>

1533-3

1533-4

1533-5

1533-6

1533-7

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[N IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using [N

IN1].

(black) <8 digits>

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

N-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

N-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the black mode.

(black) <8 digits>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 162

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1534-0

Counter Number of

1-UP /

Duplex

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

only in the full color

mode.

output pages

(color) <8 digits>

of the printer printing

or BOX

(Full color)

1534-1

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

(color) <8 digits>

using [2IN1] or [MAGA-

ZINE SORT].

When printing is

performed using a

Windows driver, the

1-UP image will be

output.

1534-2

1534-3

1534-4

1534-5

1534-6

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using [2IN1]

or [MAGAZINE SORT].

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

(color) <8 digits>

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

(color) <8 digits>

using [4IN1].

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using

(color) <8 digits>

[4IN1].

N-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

(color) <8 digits>

using [N IN1].

N-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using [N

IN1].

(color) <8 digits>

1534-7

1535-0

1535-7

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the full color mode.

SYS Counts the number of

sheets in the default

settings.

(color) <8 digits>

Counter Number of

output pages

of the FAX

printing

FAX

(black) <8 digits>

FAX

SYS

(1-UP /

Duplex print-

ing)

(black) <8 digits>

1661

1662

1663

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN SSID

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Network type

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Security

ALL

Maximum 32 letters

1: Infrared wireless LAN

2: Ad-hoc network

1: 802.1x 2: WPA-PSK

3: WEP 4: NONE

5: WPA 6: WPA2

7: WPA2PSK

<1-2>

<1-7>

1664

1665

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Encryption system

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Transmission output power

ALL

1: TKIP 2: AES

3: Dynamic WEP

1: 100% 2: 50%

<1-3>

<1-5>

3: 25%

5: min

4: 12.5%

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 163

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

1666

1667

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Transmission rate

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Transmission rate value

1: Auto

2: Manual

<1-2>

<1-12>

1: 1

3: 5.5

5: 6

2: 2

4: 11

6: 9

7: 12

9: 24

10: 36

11: 48

12: 54

8: 18

1668

1669

1670

1671

1672

1673

1674

1675

1676

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Operation channel

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Operation channel value

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN WEP bit number

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN WEP key entry system

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN WEP key value

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN WPA-PSK passphrase

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Sleep mode setting

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Slot-time limitation

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

ALL

1: Auto

2: Manual

<1-2>

<1-11>

1:64

3: 152

1: Hex

2: 128

<1-3>

<1-2>

2: ASCII

Maximum 32 letters

Maximum 64 letters

1: Off

3: Normal

1: Long 2: Short

2: Max

<1-3>

<1-2>

LAN

Number of times of soft-

ware retry

<0-1000>

1677

1678

1679

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Preamble

Wireless Wireless LAN driver

LAN Operation mode

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN Wireless LAN setting

ALL

1: Long 2: Longshort

<1-2>

<1-3>

1: All

2: 11b

3: 11g

This setting is whether

the wireless LAN con-

nection is enabled or

disabled.

<1-3>

1: Unset 2: Enabled

3: Disabled

1681

1682

1684

1685

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

ALL

This should be the path

name in full where the

client certificate is

located.

LAN

Path name for client certifi-

cate

(Maximum 255 letters)

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

This should be the path

name in full where the

client certificate is

located.

LAN

Path name for secret key

of client certificate

(Maximum 255 letters)

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

This should be the path

name in full where the

CA self-certificate is

located.

LAN

Path name for CA self-cer-

tificate

(Maximum 255 letters)

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN EAP user name

This should be the user

name when the EAP-

TLS is used.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 164

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1686

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN EAP user name

ALL

This should be the user

name when the PEAP

is used.

1689

1690

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN Authentication interval

ALL

<30-

65535>

This should be the time-

out interval between

EAP responses.

30: 30 seconds

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN Holding interval

<60-

65535>

The EAP authentica-

tion will start after hav-

ing been waited in this

period when an EAP

failure was received.

60: 60 seconds

When an EAPOL-Start

packet has been sent

and the request ID can-

not be received, this

EAPOL-Start packet will

be re-sent for the num-

ber of times set in this

code.

1691

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

ALL

<1-

65535>

LAN

EAPOL-Start

Number of times of packet

retry

3: 3 times

1692

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN Session resume

ALL

This setting is whether

the pre-master key

should be updated or

not upon a TLS re-

negotiation.

<1-2>

1: Session is resumed

2: Session is not

resumed

1693

1696

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN MAC Frame size

ALL

1398

<1-1398>

This is a MAC frame

size used in the wire-

less LAN connection.

The data is fragmented

into this size.

1398: 1398 bytes

This should be the

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

/dev/

LAN

Device file setting for

obtaining random number

urandom

device file name which

can obtain a seed to ini-

tialize the WEP PRNG

for xsupplicant.

(Maximum 255 letters)

1697

1699

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN CRL directory designation

ALL

This should be the path

name of the directory in

full where the CRL file

is located.

(Maximum 255 letters)

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN EAP authentication type

This setting is for the

EAP authentication

type which xsupplicant

can authenticate.

<1-3>

1: EAP-TLS 2: PEAP

3: EAP-TLS and PEAP

1700

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN CN name

ALL

This should be an

authentication server

name (basically a

domain name in full).

(Maximum 255 letters)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 165

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

1701

1704

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN CN name check

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

1: NO

2: YES

<1-2>

<0-720>

The update interval of a

secret key across AP

(Access Point) and STA

(Station) can be set.

This interval is for

updating the secret key

from STA.

LAN

Update interval of PTK

(Pairwise Transient Key)

0: Not updated

1-720: 1-720 minutes of

interval

1705

1706

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN Strict packet check

ALL

The Ack bit and request

bit of EAPOL-Key is

checked.

1: Not checked

2: Checked

A higher priority is given

to the xsupplicant task

when a 4-way hand-

shake is started.

<1-2>

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN

Priority change at 4-way

handshake

<1-2>

1: Priority not changed

2: Priority changed

1707

1708

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

ALL

The encryption capabil-

ity output in TLS clien-

tHello message can be

selected.

1: LOW 2: MIDDLE

3: HIGH

These are the security

level which can be

selected from the user

interface. This setting is

not applied in case of

PEAP. ("LOW" and

"MIDDLE" is manda-

tory for PEAP)

LAN

Security level

<1-3>

Selectable security level

(EAP-TLS)

<1-3>

1: LOW + MIDDLE +

HIGH

2: MIDDLE + HIGH

3: HIGH

1710

1711

1712

1713

Blue-

tooth

Blue-

tooth

Blue-

tooth

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth

ON/OFF setting

Bluetooth

Device name

Bluetooth

Discovery

Bluetooth

Security

ALL

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS Maximum 32 letters

<0-1>

MFP

SYS 0: Not allowed

1: Allowed

SYS 0: Security function

<0-1>

OFF

1: Security function

1714

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth

ALL

0000

SYS Maximum 8 digits

(8-digit sequence)

This setting is valid only

when the bluetooth

security function is ON.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 166

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1715

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth

Data encryption

ALL

SYS 0: Not encrypted

1: Encrypted

<0-1>

This setting is valid only

when the bluetooth

security function is ON.

1719

1720

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth

BIP Paper type

ALL

SYS 0: Fit page

1: 1/2 size

<0-3>

2: 1/4 size

3: 1/8 size

Network IP address range for IP fil-

IP filter minimum area 1

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Minimum area 1)

1721

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

ter

(Maximum area 1)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1722

1723

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 2

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter I

(Minimum area 2)

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ter

(Maximum area 2)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1724

1725

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 3

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Minimum area 3)

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ter

(Maximum area 3)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1726

1727

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 4

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Minimum area 4)

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ter

(Maximum area 4)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1728

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 5

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

ter

(Minimum area 5)

000.000.000.000)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 167

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1729

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Maximum area 5)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1730

1731

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 6

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Minimum area 6)

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ter

(Maximum area 6)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1732

1733

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 7

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Minimum area 7)

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ter

(Maximum area 7)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1734

1735

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 8

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Minimum area 8)

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ter

(Maximum area 8)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1736

1737

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area 9

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Minimum area 9)

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ter

(Maximum area 9)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1738

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter minimum area

ter

(Minimum area 10)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 168

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1739

Network IP address range for IP fil-

ALL

IP filter maximum area

ter

(Maximum area 10)

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

1740

1741

Network SSL setting

SSL ftp server OFF/ON

Network SSL setting

ALL

1: Enabled

2: Disabled

SSL HTTP server port

number

<1-2>

10443

<1-

HTTP server port number

65535>

1742

1743

Network SSL setting

ALL

1: Enabled

2: Disabled

SSL IPP server port

number

IPP server OFF/ON setting

Network SSL setting

IPP server port number

<1-2>

443

<1-

65535>

1744

1745

1746

Network SSL setting

SSL ftp server OFF/ON

ALL

OFF/ON

1: Valid

2: Invalid

Port number to FTP

Server

<1-2>

Network SSL setting

SSL ftp server Port

990

<1-

65535>

Network SSL setting

OFF/ON

1: Valid

SSL LDAP Client OFF/ON

<1-3>

2: Invalid

3: Use imported certifi-

cate

1747

1748

Network SSL setting

SSL LDAP Client Port

ALL

636

<1-

65535>

Port number to LDAP

Server

Network SSL setting

OFF/ON

1: Valid

SSL POP3 Client OFF/ON

<1-3>

2: Invalid

3: Use imported certifi-

cate

1749

1750

Network SSL setting

SSL POP3 Client Port

ALL

995

<1-

65535>

Port number to POP3

Server

Network SSL setting

2: Invalid

SSL SMTP Client OFF/ON

<2-6>

3: Accept all certifi-

cates of SMTP with

TLS (STARTTLS)

server

4: Accept all certifi-

cates of SMTPS

(SMTP OverSSL)

server

5: Use imported certifi-

cates of SMTP with

TLS (STARTTLS)

server

6: Use imported certifi-

cates of SMTPS

(SMTP OverSSL)

server

1751

Network SSL setting

SSL SMTP Client Port

ALL

465

<1-

Port number to SMTP

Server

65535>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 169

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1755

Network Enabling server's IP

address acquired by DHCP

ALL

Domain Name Server

option (6)

<1-2>

1: Enabled

2: Disabled

This value is used

only when DHCP is

enabled.

1756

Network Enabling server's IP

address acquired by DHCP

ALL

NetBIOS over TCP/IP

Name Server option

(44) = Primary and

Secondary Wins NAME

1: Enabled

<1-2>

2: Disabled

This value is used

only when DHCP is

enabled.

1757

1762

Network Enabling server's IP

address acquired by DHCP

ALL

The Host Name Ven-

dor Extension option

(12)

1: Enabled

2: Disabled

This value is used only

when DHCP is enabled.

SNTP Server Option

(42) NTP Server

Address

<1-2>

Network Enabling server's IP

address acquired by DHCP

<1-2>

1: Enabled

2: Disabled

This value is used

only when DHCP is

enabled.

1764

1765

1766

1767

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

ALL

Maximum 255 letters

Maximum 63 letters

LAN

Control sequence setting

of "Cipher Suite"

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN

Path name for user certifi-

cate

Wireless Wireless LAN supplicant

LAN

Path name entered for CA

self-certificate

Network Enabling server's IP

address acquired by DHCP

SYS DNS domain name

Option (15) DNS

domain name of the cli-

ent

<1-2>

1: Enabled

2: Disabled

This value is used

only when DHCP is

enabled.

1768

Network Previous IP address

ALL

000.000.000.000-

255.255.255.255

(Default value:

000.000.000.000)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 170

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1778

General Hang-up period of control

panel at the 3rd misentry of

administrator's password

ALL

SYS 0: No hang-up

1: 0.5 minutes (= 30

<0-7>

seconds)

2: 1 minute

3: 3 minutes

4: 5 minutes

5: 10 minutes

6: 15 minutes

7: 30 minutes

1779

Network Default data saving direc-

tory of "Scan to File"

ALL

SYS 0: Local directory

1: REMOTE 1

<0-2>

2: REMOTE 2

1781-0 Network Notification of When job

ALL

SYS Sets the notification

method of scan job

scan job

completed

<0-1>

completion.

0: Invalid

1: Valid

1781-1

1782

On error

SYS

Network File name format of "Save

as file" and Email transmis-

sion

ALL

SYS Sets the naming

method of the file of

"Save as file" and Email

transmission.

<0-6>

0: [FileName]-[Data]-

[Page]

1: [FileName]-[Page]-

[Data]

2: [Data]-[FileName]-

[Page]

3: [Data]-[Page]-[File-

Name]

4: [Page]-[FileName]-

[Data]

5: [Page]-[Data]-[File-

Name]

6: [HostName]_[Data]-

[Page]

1783

Network Date display format of the

file name of "Save as file"

ALL

SYS Sets the data display

format of the file of

"Save as file" and Email

transmission.

<0-5>

and Email transmission

0: [YYYY][MM][DD]

[HH][mm][SS]

1: [YY][MM][DD]

[HH][mm][SS]

2: [YYYY][MM][DD]

3: [YY][MM][DD]

4: [HH][mm][SS]

5: [YYYY][MM][DD]

[HH][mm][SS][mm0]

The order of [YY], [MM]

and [DD] varies

depending on the set-

ting of the code 08-640

(Data display format).

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 171

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1784

Network Single page data saving

directory at "Save as file"

ALL

SYS Sets the directory

where the file of "Save

as file" is saved.

<0-1>

0: Save it under a sub-

folder

1: Save it without cre-

ating a subfolder

1785

1786

Network Page number display for-

mat of the file of "Save as

file" and Email transmis-

sion

Network Extension (suffix) format of

the file of "Save as file"

ALL

SYS Sets the digit of a page

number attached on the

file.

<3-6>

3-6: 3-6 digits

SYS Sets the extension dig-

its of the file to be

saved.

<3-6>

3: Auto

4: 4 digits

5: 5 digits

6: 6 digits

1800-0

1800-1

1800-2

Image

process- forced supply

Color toner

ALL

Sets the motor driving

time of the developer

unit at the time of the

color toner forced sup-

ply.

(color) <0-255>

ALL 70

(color) <0-255>

ALL 70

(color) <0-255>

ing

time setting

0-255: Setting value x

0.1 seconds

1801

Image

process- count setting

ing

Image

process- ting of the

Color toner forced supply

ALL

(color)

Sets the number of

times of the color toner

forced supply.

Sets the performing

level of the developer

material stabilizing

operation.

Set the interval time

between performances

of developer material

stabilizing operation.

<1-10>

1802-0

Start up set-

Level

ALL

<2-8>

ing

developer

material stabi-

lizing mode.

1802-1

1802-2

Pattern

interval

<0-100>

Number of

repeating

time

<0-20>

Set the number of

repeating times of the

developer material sta-

bilizing operation.

1911

1912

1913

Finisher Manual stapling time-out

period

Finisher Finisher model switching

setting value

General Page number addition on

multipage file names of

"File/Email"

ALL

<3-30>

3-30sec.

(In increments of 1sec.)

0: MJ-1023

1: MJ-1101

<0-1>

SYS

1914

1915

General Maximum number of deci-

mals in extension fields

Network Filing size for Network

scanning function

ALL

SYS

<0-255>

SYS 0: Eliminates 2 mm

from circumference

(Void: 2 mm)

<0-1>

1: No space eliminated

(Void: 0 mm)

1916

General Default saving/attachment

files of "File/Email"

ALL

SYS

<0-1>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 172

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

1920

1921

1922

1923

1924

1925

Network Device domain name of

device authentication

UTY Maximum 128 letters

Network Windows domain No. 2 of

user authentication

Network Windows domain No. 3 of

user authentication

Network LDAP authentication

Server type

Network LDAP authentication

User attribute

NIC 1: Windows Server

2: Not Windows Server

NIC Sets a user attribute

name.

SYS 0: Forcible execution

1: Execution impossi-

ble (pooled in the

<1-2>

Network Execution of user authenti-

cation when the user ID is

not entered

<0-2>

invalid queue)

2: Forcible deletion

1926

FAX

Tab/cover sheet printing at

FAX reception

Printing stop function

ALL

SYS Sets on or off of the

printing function of spe-

cial sheets such as tab

or cover sheet of FAX,

Email or list print.

<0-1>

0: Function off

1: Function on

1928

1929

1930

1931

1932

1933

1934

1935

Network Role Based Access

LDAP search index

ALL

<0-

4294967

295>

SYS

User

Key arrangement for lan-

SYS 0: QWERTY layout

(for EUR)

interface guage 1

<0-2>

1: QWERTZ layout

2: AZERTY layout

User

Key arrangement for lan-

SYS 0: QWERTY layout

(for EUR)

interface guage 2

<0-2>

1: QWERTZ layout

2: AZERTY layout

User

Key arrangement for lan-

EUR: 2

UC: 0

JPN: 0

<0-2>

SYS 0: QWERTY layout

(for EUR)

interface guage 3

1: QWERTZ layout

2: AZERTY layout

User

Key arrangement for lan-

SYS 0: QWERTY layout

(for EUR)

interface guage 4

<0-2>

1: QWERTZ layout

2: AZERTY layout

User

Key arrangement for lan-

SYS 0: QWERTY layout

(for EUR)

interface guage 5

<0-2>

1: QWERTZ layout

2: AZERTY layout

User

Key arrangement for lan-

SYS 0: QWERTY layout

(for EUR)

interface guage 6

<0-2>

1: QWERTZ layout

2: AZERTY layout

User

Key arrangement for lan-

SYS 0: QWERTY layout

(for EUR)

interface guage 7

<0-2>

1: QWERTZ layout

2: AZERTY layout

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 173

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1936

Network AppleTalk device name

ALL

MFP-

serial

UTY Maximum 32 letters

The Network-related

serial number of the

equipment appears at

"serial".

1937

Network User name and password

at user authentication or

"Save as file"

ALL

SYS 0: User name and

password of the

device

<0-2>

1: User name and

password at the

user authentication

(Template registra-

tion information

comes first when a

template is

retrieved.)

2: User name and

password at the

user authentication

(User information of

the authentication

comes first when a

template is

retrieved.)

1938

General Reformatting process due

to a version change of SYS

ROM

ALL

Use this setting to refor-

mat the specific parti-

tion whose file system

has been changed in

Ver.2, at the version up/

downgrade of the SYS

ROM.

<0-2>

No reformatting pro-

cess shall be used in

any cases other than

this version change.

0: Waiting (No refor-

matting)

1: dosFs to catFs (Ver-

sion upgrade from

Ver.1 to Ver.2 or

later)

2: catFs to dosFs (Ver-

sion downgrade

from Ver.2 or later to

Ver.1)

1941

Blue-

tooth

Bluetooth

BIP Paper size

ALL

EUR: 6

UC: 2

JPN: 6

<0-13>

SYS 0: Ledger 1: Legal

2: Letter 3: Computer

4: Statement 5: A3

6: A4

8: A6

10: B5

7: A5

9: B4

11: Folio

12: Legal13"

13: LetterSquare

1950

1951

Network SMB signature for SMB

server

ALL

UTY 1: Auto

<0-3>

2: Valid

3: Invalid

UTY 1: Auto

2: Valid

Network SMB signature for SMB cli-

ent

<0-3>

3: Invalid

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 174

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

1952

1953

Network Device name for device

authentication

Network Password for the device

name used for device

authentication

UTY Maximum 128 letters

1954

1955

1956

1957

1958

1959

1960

1961

Network PDC2 of user authentica-

tion

Network BDC2 of user authentica-

tion

Network PDC3 of user authentica-

tion

Network BDC3 of user authentica-

tion

Network PDC of device authentica-

tion

Network BDC of device authentica-

tion

ALL

UTY Maximum 128 letters

General KS Filter operation mode

SYS 0: Disabled

1: Enabled

<0-1>

General KS/KSSM setting all clear-

ing

Does not reset the

value of the code 08-

1960 but resets those

of the codes 08-1963 to

1994.

1963

1964

General KS Filter Emulation Mode

General KS Filter Paper Size

ALL

SYS 0: Auto

1: KS

2: KSSM

SYS 0: A3

1: A4

<0-2>

<0-5>

2: B4

3: B5

4: Letter

5: Legal

1965

1966

1967

1968

1970

General KS Filter Orientation

General KS Filter Copies

General KS Paper Source

General KS Duplex Mode

ALL

SYS 0: Portrait

<0-1>

<1-999>

1: Landscape

SYS

<0-1>

<0-2>

General KS CPI (English CPI/

Hangle CPI)

SYS 0: (5/10)

1: (6/12)

<0-10>

2: (6.7/13.3)

3: (6.9/13.8)

4: (7.5/15)

5: (8.3/16.7)

6: (9/18)

7: (10/10)

8: (10/20)

9: (12/24)

10: (15/30)

1971

General KS LPI

ALL

<30-160>

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

(e.g.: Key in "45" for a

font size 4.5.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 175

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1972

General KS Type Face

ALL

SYS 0: MYUNGJO

1: GOTHIC

<0-5>

2: GUNGSEO

3: GULLIM

4: GRAPH

5: SAMMUL

1973

General KS Font Size

ALL

<96-160>

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

(e.g.: Key in "100" for a

font size 10.0.)

1974

1975

General KS Zoom

ALL

100

<20-400>

SYS

General KS CR/LF Mode

SYS 0: CR->CR,

LF->LF

<0-3>

1: CR->CR+LF,

LF->LF

2: CR->CR,

LF->CR+LF

3: CR->CR+LF,

LF->CR+LF

1976

1977

General KS Top Margin

General KS Left Margin

ALL

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

(e.g.: Key in "40" for a

font size 4.0.)

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

<0-50>

(e.g.: Key in "40" for a

font size 4.0.)

1978

1979

1980

1984

General KS Auto Wrap

General KS Han Mode

General KS Han Code

General KSSM CPI

ALL

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: Wansung

1: Johap

SYS 0: (5/10)

1: (6/12)

<0-1>

<0-10>

(English CPI/ Hangle CPI)

2: (6.7/13.3)

3: (6.9/13.8)

4: (7.5/15)

5: (8.3/16.7)

6: (9/18)

7: (10/10)

8: (10/20)

9: (12/24)

10: (15/30)

1985

General KSSM LPI

ALL

<30-160>

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

(e.g.: Key in "45" for a

font size 4.5.)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 176

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1986

General KSSM Type Face

ALL

SYS 0: MYUNGJO

1: GOTHIC

<0-5>

2: GUNGSEO

3: GULLIM

4: GRAPH

5: SAMMUL

1987

General KSSM Font Size

ALL

<96-160>

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

(e.g.: Key in "100" for a

font size 10.0.)

1988

1989

General KSSM Zoom

ALL

100

<20-400>

SYS

General KSSM CR/LF Mode

SYS 0: CR->CR,

LF->LF

<0-3>

1: CR->CR+LF,

LF->LF

2: CR->CR,

LF->CR+LF

3: CR->CR+LF,

LF->CR+LF

1990

1991

General KSSM Top Margin

General KSSM Left Margin

ALL

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

(e.g.: Key in "40" for a

font size 4.0.)

SYS Key in the value 10

times as the desired

font size.

<0-50>

(e.g.: Key in "40" for a

font size 4.0.)

1992

1993

1994

3722

General KSSM Auto Wrap

General KSSM Han Mode

General KSSM Han Code

ALL

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

SYS 0: Wansung

1: Johap

NIC Applied to the device

authentication

<0-1>

<1-180>

Network Device authentication

PDC/BDC time-out period

(Unit: Seconds)

3723

3724

Network User authentication PDC/

BDC time-out period (Unit:

Seconds)

Network Windows domain authenti-

cation of device/user

ALL

<1-180>

NIC Applied to the user

authentication

NIC 1: Auto

2: Kerberos

3: NTLMv2

<1-3>

authentication

3725

3726

3727

3728

3729

Network IPP max connection

Network IPP active connection

Network LPD max connection

Network LPD active connection

Network ATalk PS max Connection

ALL

<1-16>

NIC

<1-16>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 177

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

ALL

able

value>

<1-16>

3730

3731

3732

3736

Network ATalk PS active Connec-

tion

NIC

Network Raw TCP max connection

Network Raw TCP active connec-

tion

Network DNS Client Time Out

Network DDNS Client Time Out

Network HTTP Client Time Out

<1-180>

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at DNS client

connection

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at DDNS cli-

ent connection

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at HTTP cli-

ent connection

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at FTP client

connection

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at SNTP client

connection

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at SMTP client

connection

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at POP3 client

connection

NIC Use when a timeout

occurred at LDAP cli-

ent connection

3737

3738

3739

3740

3741

3742

3743

3744

ALL

<1-180>

Network FTP Client Time Out

(SCAN)

<1-180>

Network SNTP Client Time Out

Network SMTP Client Time Out

Network POP3 Client Time Out

Network LDAP Client Time Out

<1-180>

Network POP3 Authentication

method

NIC POP3 authentication

method setting

<1-3>

1: Disable (Default)

2: NTLM

3: Kerberos

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 178

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

6810-0

Counter Number of

1-UP /

Duplex

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

output pages

(black) <8 digits>

in black mode printing

only in the black mode.

/ Large size

6810-1

6810-2

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

(black) <8 digits>

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

6810-3

6810-4

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[4IN1].

(black) <8 digits>

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(black) <8 digits>

6810-7

6811-0

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the black mode.

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

only in the full color

mode.

(black) <8 digits>

Counter Number of

output pages

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

in full color

mode / Large

6811-1

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

using [2IN1] or [MAGA-

ZINE SORT].

6811-2

6811-3

6811-4

6811-7

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using [2IN1]

or [MAGAZINE SORT].

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

using [4IN1].

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using

[4IN1].

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the full color mode.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 179

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

6812-0

Counter Number of

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

only in the twin color

mode.

output pages

in twin color

mode / Large

(color) <8 digits>

6812-1

6812-2

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the twin color mode

using [2IN1] or [MAGA-

ZINE SORT].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

twin color mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

6812-3

6812-4

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the twin color mode

using [4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

twin color mode using

[4IN1].

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

6812-7

6813-0

6813-1

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PPC

(color) <8 digits>

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the twin color mode.

Counter Number of

output pages

of the printer

or BOX /

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode.

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

(black) <8 digits>

PRT

Large

(black) <8 digits>

6813-2

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[2IN1] or [MAGAZINE

SORT].

(black) <8 digits>

6813-3

6813-4

6813-5

6813-6

6813-7

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using

[4IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the black mode using

[N IN1].

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the

black mode using [N

IN1].

(black) <8 digits>

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

N-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

N-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

(black) <8 digits>

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the black mode.

(black) <8 digits>

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 180

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

6814-0

Counter Number of

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed

only in the full color

mode.

output pages

of the printer

or BOX /

(color) <8 digits>

Large

(Full color)

6814-1

2-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

(color) <8 digits>

using [2IN1] or [MAGA-

ZINE SORT].

6814-2

6814-3

6814-4

6814-5

6814-6

2-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using [2IN1]

or [MAGAZINE SORT].

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

(color) <8 digits>

4-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

(color) <8 digits>

using [4IN1].

4-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using

(color) <8 digits>

[4IN1].

N-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

output pages printed in

the full color mode

(color) <8 digits>

using [N IN1].

N-UP /

Simplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed in the full

color mode using [N

IN1].

(color) <8 digits>

6814-7

6815-0

6815-7

9047

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

1-UP /

Simplex

printing

1-UP /

Duplex

printing

PRT

SYS Counts the number of

sheets printed only in

the full color mode.

SYS Counts the number of

output pages in the

(color) <8 digits>

Counter Number of

output pages

of the FAX

FAX

ALL

<8 digits>

default settings.

printing /

Large

SYS

<8 digits>

General Process control flag setting

of easy setup (manual

SYS 0: No change of man-

ual unpacking

<0-2>

unpacking adjustment)

adjustment

1: OFF status of man-

ual unpacking

adjustment flag

2: Returns to the initial

unpacking mode

9117

Network Raw printing job

(Blank page will not be

printed)

PRT

SYS 0: OFF

1: ON

<0-1>

9359

9394

User

Printing resume after jam

ALL

SYS 0: Auto resume

1: Resume by users

SYS 0: Sets 1 page as 1 file

1: Makes a file based

on the original

interface releasing

Network Single-page option for stor-

ing File and sending Email

<0-1>

9629

Network Attribute name for LDAP

Role Based Access

ALL

eBMUser SYS

<->

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 181

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

9739

Mainte- Remote service

ALL

SYS 0: RDMS toner empty

notified immediately

1: RDMS toner empty

notified once a day

nance

Toner-end notification

<0-2>

2: RDMS toner empty

not notified

9828

9829

General Remote scanning mode

ALL

SYS 0: Batch

1: Sequential

SYS Decide the default limi-

tation setting when the

new department code is

created.

<0-1>

<0-3>

General Department management

limitation setting

0: No limit

1: Limited only in the

black mode

2: Limited in the color

mode

3: Limited in the black/

color mode

9847

9880

9881

Finisher Hole punching setting

ALL

SYS 0: Invalid

1: Valid

SYS 1 to 31

<0-1>

<1-31>

General Total counter transmission

date setting (2)

General Day of total counter data

transmission

1 byte 00000000(0)-

01111111(127)

<0-127>

From the 2nd bit -

Sunday, Monday,

Tuesday, Wednesday,

Thursday, Friday,

Saturday

9882

General Display mode of the used

capacity on the e-Filing

ALL

SYS 0: All files search

mode

<0-1>

administrator page

1: Performancepriority

mode

9885

9886

General New/Old FROM identifica-

tion

ALL

0: Old FROM

1: New FROM

-1: Error

<-1-1>

Scanner Decimal point indication for

Enhanced Scan Template

SCN

EUR: 0

UC: 1

SYS 0: Comma

1: Period

JPN: 1

<0-1>

9888

9891

Scanner Permission setting for

changing the scan parame-

ter when recalling an

extension

SCN

ALL

SYS 0: Prohibited

1: Accepted

<0-1>

User

Warning message on the

SYS 0: No warning notifica-

tion

interface touch panel when PM

(Periodic Maintenance)

time has come

<0-1>

1: Warning notification

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 182

06/08

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Note:

In this equipment, a toner image is formed on the transfer belt prior to a paper feeding.

When the feeding retry occurs and the transport timing is delayed, the toner image on the trans-

fer belt is cleaned off without the 2nd transfer since the paper cannnot be reached for the 2nd

transfer proccess.

After that, the toner image fomation is retried while the paper is waited.

In this case, the toner for this image formation is consumed wastefully since the toner image on

the transfer belt is already cleaned off, even though the printing is normally completed.

Therefore, note that the excessive toner will be consumed consequently when the upper limit

value of feeding retry counter is set larger or set as "0" (no limit).

The toner is also consumed wastefully when the paper misfeeding occurs. Replace the roller at

earlier timing if the paper misfeedings have occurred frequently.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 183

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

<<Pixel counter related code>>(Chap. 2.2.6)

Note:

In the pixel counter function, the twin color copy mode is regarded as the full color mode.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Func- <Accept-

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1500

Pixel

counter

Standard paper size setting

ALL

EUR: 0

UC: 1

JPN: 0

<0-1>

SYS Selects the standard

paper size to convert it

into the pixel count (%).

0: A4

1: LT

1501

1502

Pixel

counter

Pixel counter all clearing

Service technician refer-

ALL

SYS Clears all information

related to the pixel

counter.

SYS Clears all information

related to the service

technician reference

pixel counter.

Pixel

counter ence counter clearing

1503

1504

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

SYS Clears all information

related to the toner car-

tridge reference pixel

counter.

SYS Selects whether or not

to display the pixel

counter on the LCD

screen.

counter counter clearing

Pixel

counter ting

Pixel counter display set-

<0-1>

0: Displayed

1: Not displayed

1505

Pixel

counter ting

Displayed reference set-

ALL

SYS Selects the reference

when displaying the

pixel counter on the

LCD screen.

<0-1>

0: Service technician

reference

1: Toner cartridge ref-

erence

1506

1507

Pixel

Toner empty determination

ALL

SYS Selects the counter to

determine toner empty.

0: Output pages

counter counter setting

<0-1>

1: Pixel counter

Pixel

Threshold setting for toner

500

<0-999>

SYS Sets the number of out-

put pages to determine

toner empty. This set-

ting is valid when “0” is

set at 08-1506.

counter empty determination (Out-

put pages)

1508

Pixel

Threshold setting for toner

ALL

21500

<0-

60000>

SYS Sets the number of out-

put pages to determine

toner empty. This set-

ting is valid when “1” is

set at 08-1506.

counter empty determination (Pixel

counter)

1509

1510

1511

Pixel

Pixel counter clear flag/

ALL

SYS Becomes “1” when 08-

counter Service technician refer-

ence

Pixel

<0-1>

1502 is performed.

Service technician refer-

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1502 was per-

formed.

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

counter ence cleared date

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

(color)

counter cleared date (Y)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 184

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1512

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

SYS Displays the date on

which 08-1503 was per-

formed.

counter cleared date (M)

(color)

1513

1514

1515

1516

1517

1518

1547

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

(color)

counter cleared date (C)

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

counter cleared date (K)

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

(color)

counter count started date (Y)

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

(color)

counter count started date (M)

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

(color)

counter count started date (C)

Pixel

Toner cartridge reference

ALL

counter count started date (K)

Pixel

counter fullcolor

(Service technicianrefer-

Number of output pages/

PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

(color)

output pagesconverted

to the standard paper

sizein the copy function,

full color modeand ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

ence)

[Unit. page]

1548

1549

1550

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter black (Service technician

(black)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper sizein the copy

function, black mode

and service technician

reference.

reference)

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter fullcolor (Service techni-

cian reference)

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the printer

function, full color mode

and service technician

reference.

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter black (Service technician

reference)

(black)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the printer

function, black mode

and service technician

reference.

[Unit. page]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 185

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1551

Pixel

Number of output pages/

FAX

(black)

<8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

output pages con-

counter black (Service technician

reference)

verted to the standard

paper size in the FAX

function, black mode

and service technician

reference.

[Unit. page]

1552

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter full color (K) (Toner car-

tridge reference)

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner K and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

[Unit. page]

1553

1554

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter black (Toner cartridge ref-

erence)

(black)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the copy

function, black mode

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter full color (K) (Toner car-

tridge reference)

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner K and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

[Unit. page]

1555

1556

1557

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter black (Toner cartridge ref-

erence)

(black)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the printer

function, black mode

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

FAX

(black)

<8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

output pages con-

counter black (Toner cartridge ref-

erence)

verted to the standard

paper size in the FAX

function, black mode

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter full color (Y) (Toner car-

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner Y and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

tridge reference)

[Unit. page]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 186

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1558

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter full color (Y) (Toner car-

tridge reference)

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner Y and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

[Unit. page]

1559

1560

1561

1562

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter full color (M) (Toner car-

tridge reference)

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner M and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter full color (M) (Toner car-

tridge reference)

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner M and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

counter full color (C) (Toner car-

tridge reference)

(color)

output pages con-

verted to the standard

paper size in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner C and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

[Unit. page]

Pixel

Number of output pages/

ALL

(color)

<8 digits> SYS Counts the number of

output pages con-

counter full color (C) (Toner car-

tridge reference)

verted to the standard

paper size in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner C and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

[Unit. page]

1563

1564

1565

1566

Pixel

Toner cartridge Y replace-

ALL

(color)

<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of

time of the toner car-

tridge Y replacement.

<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of

time of the toner car-

tridge M replacement.

<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of

time of the toner car-

tridge C replacement.

<3 digits> SYS Counts the number of

time of the toner car-

counter ment counter

Pixel

Toner cartridge M replace-

ALL

(color)

counter ment counter

Pixel

Toner cartridge C replace-

ALL

(color)

counter ment counter

Pixel

Toner cartridge K replace-

ALL

counter ment counter

tridge K replacement.

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 187

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1577

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, all toner and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service (color)

technician reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1578

1579

1580

1581

1582

1583

1584

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner Y and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (Y) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner M and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (M) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner C and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (C) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner K and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (K) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, all toner and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service (color)

technician reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner Y and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (Y) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner M and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (M) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 188

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1585

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner C and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (C) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1586

1587

1588

1589

1590

1591

1592

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner K and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter color (K) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, all toner

and service technician

reference.

counter color (Y+M+C+K) (Service

technician reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, toner Y and

service technician refer-

ence.

counter color (Y) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, toner M

and service technician

reference.

counter color (M) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, toner C

and service technician

reference.

counter color (C) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, toner K and

service technician refer-

ence.

counter color (K) (Service techni-

cian reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/black

PPC

(black)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, black mode

and service technician

reference.

counter (Service technician refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 189

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1593

Pixel

Average pixel count/black

PRT

(black)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, black mode

and service technician

reference.

counter (Service technician refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1594

1595

Pixel

Average pixel count/black

FAX

(black)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the FAX

function, black mode

and service technician

reference.

counter (Service technician refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/black

PPC/

PRT/

FAX

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer/FAX function,

black mode and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter (Service technician refer-

ence)

(black)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1596

1597

1598

1599

1600

1601

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode, all

toner and service tech-

nician reference.

counter (Y+M+C+K) (Service tech- (color)

nician reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner Y and service

technician reference.

[Unit: 0.01%]

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner M and service

technician reference.

[Unit: 0.01%]

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner C and service

technician reference.

[Unit: 0.01%]

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner K and service

technician reference.

[Unit: 0.01%]

counter (Y) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

<0-

10000>

counter (M) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

<0-

10000>

counter (C) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

<0-

10000>

counter (K) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, all toner and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter (Y+M+C+K) (Service tech- (color)

nician reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 190

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1602

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner Y and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter (Y) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1603

1604

1605

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner M and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter (M) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner C and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter (C) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner K and ser-

vice technician refer-

ence.

counter (K) (Service technician ref- (color)

erence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1606

1607

1608

1609

Pixel

Latest pixel count/black

PPC

(black)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, black mode and

service technician refer-

ence.

counter (Service technician refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/black

PRT

(black)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, black mode

and service technician

reference.

counter (Service technician refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/black

FAX

(black)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the FAX func-

tion, black mode and

service technician refer-

ence.

counter (Service technician refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner Y and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 191

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1610

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner M and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (M) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1611

1612

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner C and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (C) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color

mode, toner K and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (K) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1613

1614

Pixel

Average pixel count/black

PPC

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, black mode

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy

function, full color/black

mode, toner K and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (K)+black (Toner car-

tridge reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1615

1616

1617

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner Y and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner M and

toner cartridge refer

ence.

counter color (M) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner C and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (C) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 192

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1618

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner K and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (K) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1619

1620

Pixel

Average pixel count/black

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, black mode

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the printer

function, full color/black

mode, toner K and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (K)+black (Toner car-

tridge reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1621

1622

1623

1624

1625

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, toner Y and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter color (Y) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, toner M

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

counter color (M) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer function, full

color mode, toner C

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

counter color (C) (Toner cartridge

reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/full

PPC/

PRT/

FAX

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the copy/

printer/FAX function,

black mode, toner K

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

counter color (K)+black (Toner car-

tridge reference)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Average pixel count/black

FAX

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the average

pixel count in the FAX

function, black mode

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)

[Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 193

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1626

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner Y and toner car-

tridge reference.

counter (Y) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit:0.01%]

1627

1628

1629

1630

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner M and toner car-

tridge reference.

counter (M) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner C and toner car-

tridge reference.

counter (C) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PPC

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, full color mode,

toner K and toner car-

tridge reference.

counter (K) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner Y and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter (Y) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1631

1632

1633

1634

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner M and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter (M) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner C and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter (C) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/full color

PRT

(color)

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, full color

mode, toner K and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter (K) (Toner cartridge refer-

ence)

[Unit: 0.01%]

Pixel

Latest pixel count/black

FAX

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the FAX func-

tion, black mode and

toner cartridge refer-

counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)

ence. [Unit: 0.01%]

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 194

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1639

Pixel

Latest pixel count/black

PPC

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the copy func-

tion, black mode and

toner cartridge refer-

ence.

counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1640

Pixel

Latest pixel count/black

PRT

<0-

10000>

SYS Displays the latest pixel

count in the printer

function, black mode

and toner cartridge ref-

erence.

counter (Toner cartridge reference) (black)

[Unit: 0.01%]

1641-0

1641-1

1641-2

1641-3

1641-4

1641-5

1641-6

1641-7

1641-8

1641-9

1642-0

1642-1

1642-2

1642-3

1642-4

1642-5

1642-6

1642-7

1642-8

1642-9

Pixel

Pixel count

0-5%

PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

counter distribution/

full color (Y)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the copy func-

tion, full color mode and

toner Y are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

0-5%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

Pixel

Pixel count

counter distribution/

full color (M)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the copy func-

tion, full color mode and

toner M are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 195

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1643-0

1643-1

1643-2

1643-3

1643-4

1643-5

1643-6

1643-7

1643-8

1643-9

1644-0

1644-1

1644-2

1644-3

1644-4

1644-5

1644-6

1644-7

1644-8

1644-9

Pixel

Pixel count

0-5%

PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

counter distribution/

full color (C)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the copy func-

tion, full color mode and

toner C are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

0-5%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

Pixel

Pixel count

counter distribution/

full color (K)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the copy func-

tion, full color mode and

toner K are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 196

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1645-0

1645-1

1645-2

1645-3

1645-4

1645-5

1645-6

1645-7

1645-8

1645-9

1646-0

1646-1

1646-2

1646-3

1646-4

1646-5

1646-6

1646-7

1646-8

1646-9

Pixel

Pixel count

0-5%

PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

counter distribution/

full color (Y)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the printer func-

tion, full color mode and

toner Y are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

0-5%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

Pixel

Pixel count

counter distribution/

full color (M)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the printer func-

tion, full color mode and

toner M are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 197

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1647-0

1647-1

1647-2

1647-3

1647-4

1647-5

1647-6

1647-7

1647-8

1647-9

1648-0

1648-1

1648-2

1648-3

1648-4

1648-5

1648-6

1648-7

1648-8

1648-9

Pixel

Pixel count

0-5%

PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

counter distribution/

full color (C)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the printer func-

tion, full color mode and

toner C are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

0-5%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

Pixel

Pixel count

counter distribution/

full color (K)

(color)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the printer func-

tion, full color mode and

toner K are displayed.

[Unit: page]

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

80.1-

100%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(color)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 198

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1649-0

1649-1

1649-2

1649-3

1649-4

1649-5

1649-6

1649-7

1649-8

1649-9

1650-0

1650-1

1650-2

1650-3

1650-4

1650-5

1650-6

1650-7

1650-8

1650-9

Pixel

Pixel count

0-5%

PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

counter distribution/

black

(black)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the copy func-

tion and black mode

aredisplayed.

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

[Unit: page]

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

80.1-

100%

0-5%

PPC <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

Pixel

Pixel count

counter distribution/

black

(black)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

are divided into 10

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the printer func-

tion and black mode are

displayed.

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

[Unit: page]

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

80.1-

100%

PRT <8 digits> SYS

(black)

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 199

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Setting mode (08)

Default

Func- <Accept-

Pro-

cedur

Classifi-

cation

Code

Items

RAM

Contents

tion

able

value>

1651-0

1651-1

1651-2

1651-3

1651-4

1651-5

1651-6

1651-7

1651-8

1651-9

Pixel

Pixel count

0-5%

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

<8 digits> SYS The pixel count data

are divided into 10

counter distribution/

black

ranges. The number of

output pages in each

range is displayed. In

this code, the distribu-

tions in the FAX func-

tion and black mode are

dis-played.

5.1-10%

10.1-15%

15.1-20%

20.1-25%

25.1-30%

30.1-40%

40.1-60%

60.1-80%

<8 digits> SYS

[Unit: page]

FAX

(black)

FAX

(black)

80.1-

100%

e-STUDIO281c/351c/451c ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2 - 200

05/07

Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.

Telex Intercom System US2002 User Manual
Texas Instruments Network Card TSB12LV26 User Manual
Toshiba Blu ray Player BDX2300KC User Manual
Toshiba Projector TLP B2 User Manual
Tricity Bendix Oven TBD903 User Manual
Troy Bilt Chipper 47329 User Manual
Vantec Network Card CB USBARC User Manual
ViewSonic Projector VS12996 User Manual
Viking Smoke Alarm VFR 400 User Manual
Vizio Universal Remote P283V1 User Manual